WO2005119260A2 - Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer therapy - Google Patents

Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer therapy Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005119260A2
WO2005119260A2 PCT/EP2005/005787 EP2005005787W WO2005119260A2 WO 2005119260 A2 WO2005119260 A2 WO 2005119260A2 EP 2005005787 W EP2005005787 W EP 2005005787W WO 2005119260 A2 WO2005119260 A2 WO 2005119260A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
breast cancer
expression
gene
genes
polypeptide
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2005/005787
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2005119260A3 (en
Inventor
Marc Munnes
Olga Modlich
Hans-Bernd Priesack
Original Assignee
Bayer Healthcare Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bayer Healthcare Ag filed Critical Bayer Healthcare Ag
Priority to CA002568732A priority Critical patent/CA2568732A1/en
Priority to JP2007513829A priority patent/JP2008502326A/en
Priority to EP05745597A priority patent/EP1756309A2/en
Publication of WO2005119260A2 publication Critical patent/WO2005119260A2/en
Publication of WO2005119260A3 publication Critical patent/WO2005119260A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/574Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • C12Q1/6886Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/106Pharmacogenomics, i.e. genetic variability in individual responses to drugs and drug metabolism
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/136Screening for pharmacological compounds
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A90/00Technologies having an indirect contribution to adaptation to climate change
    • Y02A90/10Information and communication technologies [ICT] supporting adaptation to climate change, e.g. for weather forecasting or climate simulation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to methods and compositions for the prediction of therapy outcome (e.g. tumor response to therapy), diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of neoplastic diseases.
  • therapy outcome e.g. tumor response to therapy
  • diagnosis, prognosis e.g. cancer response to therapy
  • prevention and treatment of neoplastic diseases e.g. cancer fibroblasts.
  • the methods of the invention are based on determination of expression levels of 65 human genes which are differentially expressed after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy.
  • the methods and compositions of the invention are most useful in the investigation of breast cancers but are useful in the investigation of other types of cancers as well.
  • Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States after cardiovascular disease. One in three Americans will develop cancer in his or her lifetime, and one of every four Americans will die of cancer. More specifically breast cancer claims the lives of approximately 40,000 women and is diagnosed in approximately 200,000 women annually in the United States alone. Tumors in general are classified based on different parameters, such as tumor size, invasion status, involvement of lymph notes, metastasis, histolopathology, imunohistochemical markers, and molecular markers (WHO. International Classification of diseases (1); Sabin and Wittekind, 1997 (2))-
  • PST primary systemic therapy
  • the PST in general do not offer a survival advantage over standard adjuvant treatment, but may identify patients with a pathologically confirmed complete response (CR).
  • CR pathologically confirmed complete response
  • This clinical response to PST is associated with improved survival (92) and reflects a great benefit to app.14% of the PST treated patients.
  • Studies elaborating PST have demonstrated that early gene expression changes are significantly associated with clinical response (94).
  • Bio-markers reflecting the tumor response can function as sensitive short- term surrogates of long-term outcome. The use of such bio-markers will make chemotherapy more effective for the individual patient and will allow to change regimen early in case of the non responding tumors.
  • Chemotherapy remains a mainstay in therapeutic regimens offered to patients with breast cancer, particularly those who have cancer that has metastasized from its site of origin [Perez, 1999, (5)].
  • chemo-therapeutic agents that have demonstrated activity in the treatment of breast cancer and research is continuously in an attempt to determine optimal drugs and regimens.
  • different patients tend to respond differently to the same therapeutic regimen.
  • the individuals response to certain therapy can only be assessed statistically, based on data of former clinical studies.
  • breast cancers are very heterogeneous in their aggressiveness and treatment response. They contain different genetic mutations and variations affecting growths characteristic and sensitivity to several drugs.
  • the present invention is based on the unexpected finding, that 65 human genes are differentially expressed in neoplastic tissue after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy when compared to neoplastic tissue before the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy or to other reference expression levels. It was found that expression of each of the 65 genes was increased after the onset of chemotherapy in patients resonding to chemotherapy, whereas expression was decreased after the onset of chemotherapy in patients not responding to chemotherapy (or vice versa). Hence, the differential expression of one or several of the 65 genes after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy was found to provide valuable information on whether or not a patient is likely to respond to the mode of chemotherapy applied.
  • the present invention furthermore relates to the 65 human genes as such, which differentially expressed in neoplastic tissue after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy when compared to neoplastic tissue before the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy or other reference expression levels.
  • the present invention furthermore relates to methods of investigating the response of a patient to anti-cancer chemotherapy by determination of the differential expression of one or several genes of a group of 65 human genes, before and after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy in a patient. Said investigation of the response can be performed immediately after the onset of chemotherapy, at a stage in which other methods, such as measuring tumor size, can not yet provide the required information on the patient's response to chemotherapy.
  • the current invention provides means to decide - shortly after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy - whether or not the applied mode of chemotherapy is likely to be beneficial to the patient's health and/or whether to maintain or change the applied mode of chemotherapy treatment.
  • the present invention relates to the identification of 65 human genes being differentially expressed in neoplastic tissue resulting in an altered clinical behavior of a neoplastic lesion.
  • the differential expression of these 65 genes is not limited to a specific neoplastic lesion in a certain tissue of the human body.
  • Genes undergoing expressional changes as response to a chemotherapeutic agent can serve further on as monitoring markers for the therapy and, if they do correlate with the clinical outcome, such genes may also work as efficacy biomarkers.
  • the neoplastic lesion, of which these 65 genes are altered in their expression is a cancer of the human breast. This cancer is not limited to females and may also be diagnosed and analyzed in males.
  • the invention relates to various methods, reagents and kits for diagnosing, staging, prognosis, monitoring and therapy of breast cancer.
  • Breast cancer as used herein includes carcinomas, (e.g., carcinoma in situ, invasive carcinoma, metastatic carcinoma) and pre-malignant conditions, neomorphic changes independent of their histological origin (e.g. ductal, lobular, medullary, mixed origin).
  • the compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention comprise comparing the level of mRNA expression of a single or plurality (e.g.
  • marker genes listed in Table 1, SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65, the respective polypeptide sequences coded by them are numerated SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130, see also Table 1
  • SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 the average level of expression of the marker gene(s) in a sample from a control subject (e.g., a human subject without breast cancer).
  • the invention relates further to various compositions, methods, reagents and kits, for prediction of clinically measurable tumor therapy response to a given breast cancer therapy.
  • the compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention comprise comparing the level of mRNA expression of a single or plurality (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) of breast cancer marker genes in an unclassified patient sample, and the average level of expression of the marker gene(s) in a sample cohort comprising patient responding in different intensity to an administered breast cancer therapy.
  • the specific expression of the marker genes can be utilized for discrimination of responders and non-responders to an anthracycline based (e.g. polychemotherapies with epirubicin or doxorubicin) chemo-therapeutic intervention.
  • control level of mRNA expression is the average level of expression of the marker gene(s) in samples from several (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30 or 50) control subjects. These control subjects may also be affected by breast cancer and be classified by their clinical and not necessarily by their individual expression profile.
  • a significant change in the level of expression of one or more of the marker genes (set of marker genes) in the patient sample relative to the control level provides significant information regarding the patient's breast cancer status and responsiveness to chemotherapy, hi the compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention the marker genes listed in Table 1 may also be used in combination with well known breast cancer marker genes (e.g.
  • the marker gene(s) and marker gene sets are selected such that the positive predictive value of the compositions, methods, and kits of the invention is at least about 10%, preferably about 25%, more preferably about 50% and most preferably about 90% of any of the following conditions: stage 0 breast cancer patients, stage I breast cancer patients, stage II breast cancer patients, stage III breast cancer patients, stage IV breast cancer patients, grade I breast cancer patients, grade II breast cancer patients, grade III breast cancer patients, malignant breast cancer patients, patients with primary carcinomas of the breast, and all other types of cancers, malignancies and transformations associated with the breast.
  • the detection of marker gene expression is not limited to the detection within a primary, secondary or metastatic lesion of breast cancer patients, and may also be detected in lymphnodes affected by breast cancer cells or minimal residual disease cells either locally deposited (e.g. bone marrow, liver, kidney) or freely floating throughout the patients body.
  • the sample to be analyzed is tissue material from neoplastic lesion taken by aspiration or punctuation, excision or by any other surgical method leading to biopsy or resected cellular material.
  • the sample comprises cells obtained from the patient. The cells may be found in a breast cell "smear" collected, for example, by a nipple aspiration, ductal lavarge, fine needle biopsy or from provoked or spontaneous nipple discharge.
  • the sample is a body fluid.
  • Such fluids include, for example, blood fluids, lymph, ascitic fluids, gynecological fluids, or urine but not limited to these fluids.
  • the determination of gene expression is not limited to any specific method or to the detection of mRNA.
  • the presence and/or level of expression of the marker gene in a sample can be assessed, for example, by measuring and/or quantifying of:
  • a protein encoded by the marker gene in Table 1 (SEQ ID NO:l to 65) or a protein comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 or a polypeptide resulting from processing or degradation of the protein (e.g. using a reagent, such as an antibody, an antibody derivative, or an antibody fragment, which binds specifically with the protein or polypeptide)
  • RNA transcript e.g., mRNA, hnRNA
  • a RNA transcript e.g., mRNA, hnRNA
  • a substrate having nucleic acid comprising a sequence of one or more of the marker genes listed within Table 1 fixed thereto at selected positions.
  • the present invention provides a composition, method, and kit of assessing whether a patient is afflicted with breast cancer (e.g., new detection or "screening", detection of recurrence, reflex testing, especially in patients having an enhanced risk of developing breast cancer (e.g., patients having a familial history of breast cancer and patients identified as having a mutant oncogene).
  • the composition, method, and kit comprises comparing:
  • a significant increase as well as decrease in the level of expression of the selected marker genes (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) in the patient sample relative to each marker gene's normal level of expression is an indication that the patient is afflicted with breast cancer.
  • composition, method, and kit of the present invention is also useful for prognosing the progression or the outcome of the malignant neoplasia.
  • the composition, method, and kit comprises comparing
  • composition, method, and kit of the present invention is particularly useful for identifying patients who will not respond to a certain chemotherapy.
  • the composition, method, and kit comprises comparing
  • control subject may either be not affected by breast cancer or be identified and classified by their clinical response to the particular chemotherapy.
  • the invention provides a composition, method, and kit of assessing the efficacy of a therapy for inhibiting breast cancer in a patient.
  • This composition, method, and kit comprises comparing:
  • compositions, methods, and kits of the invention may be used to evaluate a patient before, during and after therapy, for example, to evaluate the reduction in tumor burden.
  • the present invention provides a composition, method, and kit for monitoring the progression of breast cancer in a patient.
  • This composition, method, and kit comprising:
  • step b) repeating step a) at a subsequent time point in time
  • the invention provides a composition, method, and kit for in vitro selection of a therapy regime (e.g. the kind of chemotherapeutical argents) for inhibiting breast cancer in a patient.
  • a therapy regime e.g. the kind of chemotherapeutical argents
  • test compositions which induces a lower level of expression of genes from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 46 and/or a higher level of expression of genes from SEQ ID NO: 47 to 65 in the aliquot containing that test composition, relative to the level of expression of each marker gene in the aliquots containing the other test compositions.
  • the invention further provides a composition, method, and kit of assessing the carcinogenic potential of a certain biological or chemical compound.
  • This composition, method, and kit comprises the steps of:
  • the invention further provides a composition, method, and kit of treating a patient afflicted with breast cancer.
  • This composition, method, and kit comprises providing to cells of the patient an antisense oligonucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide sequence of a marker gene listed within Table 1
  • the invention additionally provides a composition, method, and kit of inhibiting breast cancer cells in a patient at risk for developing breast cancer.
  • This composition, method, and kit comprises inhibiting expression of a marker gene listed in Table 1.
  • the invention provides compositions, methods, and kits of screening for agents which regulate the activity of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 .
  • a test compound is contacted with the particular polypeptide. Binding of the test compound to the polypeptide is detected.
  • a test compound which binds to the polypeptide is thereby identified as a potential therapeutic agent for the treatment of malignant neoplasia and more particularly breast cancer.
  • the invention provides another composition, method, and kit of screening for agents which regulate the activity of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130.
  • a test compound is contacted with the particular polypeptide .
  • a biological activity mediated by the polypeptide is detected.
  • a test compound which decreases the biological activity is thereby identified as a potential therapeutic agent for decreasing the activity of the particular polypeptide in malignant neoplasia and especially in breast cancer
  • a test compound which increases the biological activity is thereby identified as a potential therapeutic agent for increasing the activity of the particular polypeptide in malignant neoplasia and especially in breast cancer.
  • the invention thus provides polypeptides selected from one of the polypeptides with SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 which can be used to identify compounds which may act, for example, as regulators or modulators such as agonists and antagonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists, activators, co- activators and inhibitors of the polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130
  • the invention provides reagents and compositions, methods, and kits for regulating a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 in malignant neoplasia and more particularly breast cancer.
  • the regulation can be an up- or down regulation.
  • Reagents that modulate the expression, stability or amount of a polynucleotide listed in Table 1 can be a protein, a peptide, a peptidomimetic, a nucleic acid, a nucleic acid analogue (e.g. peptide nucleic acid, locked nucleic acid) or a small molecule.
  • compositions, methods, and kits that modulate the expression, stability or amount of a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 (listed in Table 1) or the activity of the polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (Table 1) can be gene replacement therapies, antisense, ribozyme and triplex nucleic acid approaches.
  • the invention further provides a composition, method, and kit of making an isolated hybridoma which produces an antibody useful for assessing whether a patient is afflicted with breast cancer.
  • composition, method, and kit comprises isolating a protein encoded by a marker gene listed within Table 1 or a polypeptide fragment of the protein, immunizing a mammal using the isolated protein or polypeptide fragment, isolating splenocytes from the immunized mammal, fusing the isolated splenocytes with an immortalized cell line to form hybridomas, and screening individual hybridomas for production of an antibody which specifically binds with the protein or polypeptide fragment to isolate the hybridoma.
  • the invention also includes an antibody produced by this method.
  • Such antibodies specifically bind to a full-length or partial polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (listed in Table 1) for use in prediction, prevention, diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • Yet another embodiment of the invention is the use of a reagent which specifically binds to a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65or to a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (listed in Table l)in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • Still another embodiment is the use of a reagent that modulates the activity or stability of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (Table 1) or the expression, amount or stability of a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 (Table 1) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • Still another embodiment of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition which includes a reagent which specifically binds to a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 (Table 1) or a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 166 to 130 , and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a further embodiment of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polynucleotide including a sequence which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 and encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as given for the respective polynucleotide in Table 1, or encoding a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions, useful in the present invention may further include fusion proteins comprising a polypeptide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65, or a fragment thereof, antibodies, or antibody fragments
  • the invention also provides various kits. Such kit comprises reagents for assessing expression of a single or a plurality of genes selected from the marker genes listed in Table 1.
  • the invention provides a kit for assessing whether a patient is afflicted with breast cancer.
  • the invention provides a kit for assessing the suitability of each of a plurality of compounds for inhibiting a breast cancer in a patient.
  • the kit comprises reagents for assessing expression of a marker gene listed within Table 1.
  • the kit may also comprise a plurality of compounds.
  • the invention provides a kit for assessing the presence of breast cancer cells.
  • This kit comprises an antibody, wherein the antibody binds specifically with a protein encoded by a marker gene listed within Table 1 or polypeptide fragment of the protein.
  • the kit may also comprise a plurality of antibodies, wherein the plurality binds specifically with-the protein encoded by each marker gene of a marker gene set listed in Table 1.
  • the invention provides a kit for assessing the presence of breast cancer cells, wherein the kit comprises a nucleic acid probe.
  • the probe hybridizes specifically with a RNA transcript of a marker gene listed within Table 1 or cDNA of the transcript.
  • the kit may also comprise a plurality of probes, wherein each of the probes hybridizes specifically with a RNA transcript of one of the marker genes of a marker gene set listed in Table 2.
  • compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention may also include known cancer marker genes including known breast cancer marker genes. It will further be appreciated that the compositions, methods, and kits may be used to identify cancers other than breast cancer.
  • Differentially expressed genes may represent “marker genes,” and/or “target genes”.
  • the expression pattern of a differentially expressed gene disclosed herein may be utilized as part of a prognostic or diagnostic breast cancer evaluation.
  • pattern of expression refers, e.g., to a determined level of gene expression compared either to a reference gene (e.g. housekeeper) or to a computed average expression value (e.g. in DNA-chip analyses).
  • a pattern is not limited to the comparison of two genes but even more related to multiple comparisons of genes to a reference genes or samples.
  • a certain "pattern of expression” may also result and be determined by comparison and measurement of several genes disclosed hereafter and display the relative abundance of these trascripts to each other.
  • a differentially expressed gene disclosed herein may be used in methods for identifying reagents and compounds and uses of these reagents and compounds for the treatment of breast cancer as well as methods of treatment.
  • the differential regulation of the gene is not limited to a specific cancer cell type or clone, but rather displays the interplay of cancer cells, muscle cells, stromal cells, connective tissue cells, other epithelial cells, endothelial cells and blood vessesl as well as cells of the immune system (e.g. lymphocytes, macrophages, killer cells).
  • Bioactivity or “bioactivity” or “activity” or “biological function”, which are used interchangeably, herein mean an effector or antigenic function that is directly or indirectly performed by a polypeptide (whether in its native or denatured conformation), or by any fragment thereof in vivo or in vitro.
  • Biological activities include but are not limited to binding to polypeptides, binding to other proteins or molecules, enzymatic activity, signal transduction, activity as a DNA binding protein, as a transcription regulator, ability to bind damaged DNA, etc.
  • a bioactivity can be modulated by directly affecting the subject polypeptide.
  • a bioactivity can be altered by modulating the level of the polypeptide, such as by modulating expression of the corresponding gene.
  • marker refers a biological molecule, e.g., a nucleic acid, peptide, hormone, etc., whose presence or concentration can be detected and correlated with a known condition, such as a disease state.
  • marker gene refers to a differentially expressed gene which expression pattern may be utilized as part of predictive, prognostic or diagnostic process in malignant neoplasia or breast cancer evaluation, or which, alternatively, may be used in methods for identifying compounds useful for the treatment or prevention of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • a marker gene may also have the characteristics of a target gene.
  • Target gene refers to a differentially expressed gene involved in breast cancer in a manner by which modulation of the level of target gene expression or of target gene product activity may act to ameliorate symptoms of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • a target gene may also have the characteristics of a marker gene.
  • neoplastic lesion or " neoplastic disease” or “neoplasia” refers to a cancerous tissue this includes carcinomas, (e.g., carcinoma in situ, invasive carcinoma, metastatic carcinoma) and pre-malignant conditions, neomorphic changes independent of their histological origin (e.g. ductal, lobular, medullary, mixed origin).
  • cancer is not limited to any stage, grade, histomorphological feature, invasiveness, agressivity or malignancie of an affected tissue or cell aggregation.
  • stage 0 breast cancer stage I breast cancer, stage II breast cancer, stage HI breast cancer, stage IV breast cancer, grade I breast cancer, grade II breast cancer, grade HI breast cancer, malignant breast cancer, primary carcinomas of the breast, and all other types of cancers, malignancies and transformations associated with the breast are included.
  • neoplastic lesion or " neoplastic disease” or “neoplasia” or “cancer” are not limited to any tissue or cell type they also include primary, secondary or metastatic lesion of cancer patients, and also comprises lymphnodes affected by cancer cells or minimal residual disease cells either locally deposited (e.g. bone marrow, liver, kidney) or freely floating throughout the patients body.
  • the term "characterizing the sate of a neoplastic disease” is related to, but not limited to, measurements and assessment of one or more of the following conditions: Type of tumor, histomorphological appearance, dependence on external signal (e.g. hormones, growth factors), invasiveness, motility, state by TNM (2) or similar, agressivity, malignancy, metastatic potential, and responsiveness to a given therapy.
  • biological sample refers to a sample obtained from an organism or from components (e.g., cells) of an organism.
  • the sample may be of any biological tissue or fluid.
  • the sample will be a "clinical sample” which is a sample derived from a patient.
  • samples include, but are not limited to, sputum, blood, blood cells (e.g., white cells), tissue or fine needle biopsy samples, cell-containing bodyfluids, free floating nucleic acids, urine, peritoneal fluid, and pleural fluid, or cells therefrom.
  • Biological samples may also include sections of tissues such as frozen or fixed sections taken for histological purposes.
  • a biological sample to be analyzed is tissue material from neoplastic lesion taken by aspiration or punctuation, excision or by any other surgical method leading to biopsy or resected cellular material.
  • Such biological sample may comprises cells obtained from a patient.
  • the cells may be found in a breast cell "smear" collected, for example, by a nipple aspiration, ductal lavarge, fine needle biopsy or from provoked or spontaneous nipple discharge.
  • the sample is a body fluid.
  • Such fluids include, for example, blood fluids, lymph, ascitic fluids, gynecological fluids, or urine but not limited to these fluids.
  • the term “therapy modality”, “therapy mode”, “regimen” or “chemo regimen” as well as “therapy regime” refers to a timely sequential or simultaneous administration of anti tumor, and/or immune stimulating, and or blood cell proliferative agents, and/or radation therapy, and/or hyperthermia, and/or hypothermia for cancer therapy.
  • the administration of these can be performed in an adjuvant and/or neoadjuvant mode.
  • the composition of such "protocol” may vary in dose of the single agent, timeframe of application and frequency of administration within a defined therapy window. Currently various combinations of various drugs and or physical methods, and various schedules are under investigation.
  • array or “matrix” is meant an arrangement of addressable locations or “addresses” on a device.
  • the locations can be arranged in two dimensional arrays, three dimensional arrays, or other matrix formats.
  • the number of locations can range from several to at least hundreds of thousands. Most importantly, each location represents a totally independent reaction site.
  • Arrays include but are not limited to nucleic acid arrays, protein arrays and antibody arrays.
  • a “nucleic acid array” refers to an array containing nucleic acid probes, such as oligonucleotides, polynucleotides or larger portions of genes.
  • the nucleic acid on the array is preferably single stranded.
  • oligonucleotide arrays wherein the probes are oligonucleotides are referred to as "oligonucleotide arrays" or “oligonucleotide chips.”
  • a “microarray,” herein also refers to a “biochip” or “biological chip”, an array of regions having a density of discrete regions of at least about 100/cm 2 , and preferably at least about 1000/cm 2 . The regions in a microarray have typical dimensions, e.g., diameters, in the range of between about 10-250 ⁇ m, and are separated from other regions in the array by about the same distance.
  • a “protein array” refers to an array containing polypeptide probes or protein probes which can be in native form or denatured.
  • An “antibody array” refers to an array containing antibodies which include but are not limited to monoclonal antibodies (e.g. from a mouse), chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies or phage antibodies and single chain antibodies as well as fragment
  • agonist is meant to refer to an agent that mimics or upregulates (e.g., potentiates or supplements) the bioactivity of a protein.
  • An agonist can be a wild-type protein or derivative thereof having at least one bioactivity of the wild-type protein.
  • An agonist can also be a compound that upregulates expression of a gene or which increases at least one bioactivity of a protein.
  • An agonist can also be a compound which increases the interaction of a polypeptide with another molecule, e.g., a target peptide or nucleic acid.
  • antagonist as used herein is meant to refer to an agent that downregulates (e.g., suppresses or inhibits) at least one bioactivity of a protein.
  • An antagonist can be a compound which inhibits or decreases the interaction between a protein and another molecule, e.g., a target peptide, a ligand or an enzyme substrate.
  • An antagonist can also be a compound that downregulates expression of a gene or which reduces the amount of expressed protein present.
  • "Small molecule” as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition, which has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD.
  • Small molecules can be nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic (carbon- containing) or inorganic molecules.
  • Many pharmaceutical companies have extensive libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, often fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, which can be screened with any of the assays of the invention to identify compounds that modulate a bioactivity.
  • modulated or modulation or regulated or regulation refers to both upregulation (i.e., activation or stimulation (e.g., by agonizing or potentiating) and down regulation [i.e., inhibition or suppression (e.g., by antagonizing, decreasing or inhibiting)].
  • upregulation i.e., activation or stimulation (e.g., by agonizing or potentiating) and down regulation [i.e., inhibition or suppression (e.g., by antagonizing, decreasing or inhibiting)].
  • Transcriptional regulatory unit refers to DNA sequences, such as initiation signals, enhancers, and promoters, which induce or control transcription of protein coding sequences with which they are operably linked.
  • transcription of one of the genes is under the control of a promoter sequence (or other transcriptional regulatory sequence) which controls the expression of the recombinant gene in a cell-type in which expression is intended.
  • a promoter sequence or other transcriptional regulatory sequence
  • the recombinant gene can be under the control of transcriptional regulatory sequences which are the same or which are different from those sequences which control transcription of the naturally occurring forms of the polypeptide.
  • derivative refers to the chemical modification of a polypeptide sequence, or a polynucleotide sequence. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide sequence can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, or amino group.
  • a derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule.
  • a derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • derivative furthermore refers to phosphorylated forms of a polypeptide sequence or protein.
  • nucleotide analog refers to oligomers or polymers being at least in one feature different from naturally occurring nucleotides, oligonucleotides or polynucleotides, but exhibiting functional features of the respective naturally occurring nucleotides (e.g. base paring, hybridization, coding information) and that can be used for said compositions.
  • the nucleotide analogs can consist of non-naturally occurring bases or polymer backbones, examples of which are LNAs, PNAs and Morpholinos.
  • the nucleotide analog has at least one molecule different from its naturally occurring counterpart or equivalent.
  • BREAST CANCER GENES or "BREAST CANCER GENE” as used herein refers to the polynucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l to 65 (listed in Table 1), as well as derivatives, fragments, analogs and homologues thereof, the polypeptides encoded thereby, (SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130, see Table 1) as well as derivatives, fragments, analogs and homologues thereof and the corresponding genomic transcription units which can be derived or identified with standard techniques well known in the art using the information disclosed in Tables 1 to 3 .
  • the Genejname, and Reference Sequence of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 and the polypeptides of the SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 are shown in Table 1.
  • chromosomal region refers to a consecutive DNA stretch on a chromosome which can be defined by cytogenetic or other genetic markers such as e.g. restriction length polymorphisms (RFLPs), single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), expressed sequence tags (ESTs), sequence tagged sites (STSs), microsatellites, variable number of tandem repeats (VNTRs) and genes.
  • RFLPs restriction length polymorphisms
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • ESTs expressed sequence tags
  • STSs sequence tagged sites
  • VNTRs variable number of tandem repeats
  • kit refers to any manufacture (e.g. a diagnostic or research product) comprising at least one reagent, e.g. a probe, for specifically detecting the expression of at least one marker gene disclosed in the invention, in particular of those genes listed in Table 1, whereas the manufacture is being sold, distributed, and/or promoted as a unit for performing the methods of the present invention.
  • reagents e.g. immunoassays
  • any combination of nucleic acid and protein detection as disclosed in the invention are regard as a kit.
  • the present invention provides polynucleotide sequences and proteins encoded thereby, as well as probes derived from the polynucleotide sequences, antibodies directed to the encoded proteins, and predictive, preventive, diagnostic, prognostic and therapeutic uses for individuals which are at risk for or which have malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • the sequences disclosure herein have been found to be differentially expressed in samples from breast cancer.
  • the present invention is based on the identification of 65 genes that are differentially regulated (up- or down regulated) in tumor biopsies of patients with clinical evidence of breast cancer.. The characterization of the co-expression of some of these genes provides newly identified roles in breast cancer.
  • the gene names, the database accession numbers (Genename, Symbol and Reference Sequence) as well as the wputative or known functions of the encoded proteins are given in Table 1.
  • the present invention relates to:
  • a method for investigating (preferably ex vivo) the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy comprising the steps of
  • the invention also relates to a method for investigating (preferably ex vivo) the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy, said method comprising the steps of
  • a method for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy ex vivo comprising the steps of
  • the invention also relates to methods for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy as described above, wherein, however, in step (i) and (ii), patterns of expression levels are determined and compared.
  • a "pattern of expression levels" of a single gene is to be understood as the expression level of said gene as determined by suitable methods.
  • the invention also relates to methods for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy as described above, wherein, however, sequences being homologues to the sequences according to SEQ ID NO:l to SEQ ID NO:65 are used.
  • Preferred homologues have 80, 90, 95, or 99 % sequence identity towards the original sequence.
  • Preferably the homologues still have the same biological activity and/or function as have the original molecules ⁇
  • nucleotide sequence is meant to comprise the reference to the associated protein sequence which is coded by said nucleotide sequence.
  • % identity or “percentage of identity” of a first sequence towards a second sequence, within the meaning of the invention, means the % identity which is calculated as follows: First the optimal global alignment between the two sequences is determined with the CLUSTALW algorithm [Thomson JD, Higgins DG, Gibson TJ. 1994. ClustalW:
  • anthracycline based chemotherapy is an epirubicin or doxorubicin based chemotherapy.
  • Predictive algorithms which are well known to a person skilled in the art of data analysis, are to be understood as being any kind of predictive algorithm known in the art.
  • Preferred examples of such algorithms are, e.g., the SVM algorithm disclosed in Example 4, K- Nearest Neigbor Analysis or Linear Discriminant Analysis.
  • Method of selecting an individually optimized anti-cancer therapy for a patient comprising a method of claim 1 or 2 or 3.
  • individualized cancer treatment or "individualized optimized anti-cancer therapy” as used herein refers to the observation, that every person with cancer is markedly different from other patients with respect to the physical constitution of the patient as well as on the molecular repertoire of the cancer. Patients tumors differentially analyzed and molecular classified are then treated with individualized therapy based upon the type of treatment or combination of treatments which maximize the uptake of chemotherapy into the patient's cancer. This allows selection of individual patients that may need one type of chemotherapy or a different combination of chemotherapies. The schedule of administration, drug concentration, treatment sequence as well as addition of supportive interventions (e.g. immune stimmulation) may be reflected by such "individualized cancer treatment".
  • supportive interventions e.g. immune stimmulation
  • the present invention relates to the identification of effects of epirubicin/cyclophosphamide (EC) or epirubicin/taxol (ET) treatment on gene expression in primary breast cancers at a timepoints post the first cycle of chemotherapeutic treatment and to the use of these expression patterns for identification of responding/non responding subj ects .
  • EC epirubicin/cyclophosphamide
  • ET epirubicin/taxol
  • Cyclophosphamide and epirubicin are common therapeutics for advanced and metastatic breast cancer. Moreover, a therapeutic advantage of epirubicin is the higher cumulative dose at which the anthracycline-induced cardiotoxicity becomes clinically evident in contrast to the more frequently used doxorubicin (adriamycin) which deos fall into the same mode of action class. Taxanes have quickly been established as important chemotherapeutic agents in the armamentarium of drugs to treat breast cancer. Expression profiles of 25 pre- and post-treatment biopsy pairs have been obtained by low-density cDNA array (Clontech) and by the use of oligonucleotide microarrays (Affymetrix).
  • cytoskeleton/structural such as collagens, elastin, filamin, fibroblasts factors and receptors, cell adhesion/extracellular matrix, as well as several growth arrest and DNA- damage-inducible proteins (e.g., GAS6, GADD45B).
  • the inhibited genes could be sub-divided into several major groups, such as a group of ribosomal proteins, nucleotide and protein synthesis and processing, transcription factors, as well as some oncogenes (e.g., c-myc, K-ras, bcl-2).
  • Expression data as analyzed by two dimensional gene clustering where those genes with similar expression levels are grouped together on the vertical axis and the tumor samples are clustered according to their global expression profiles on the horizontal axis.
  • the 249 quality checked and pre-selected genes did form discrete clusters of correlated gene expression. Genes in one cluster do reflect the expression of genes represented in endothelial cells and B lymphocytes, indicating possible lymphocytic infiltration into the tumor tissue.
  • the second gene cluster consists of oncogenes and growth factors such as MYC, VEGF, and MYB. Yet another cluster contains the genes v-erb-b2/HER2, keratin 19, 18, - also known to be descretely expressed in certain breast tumors.
  • a fourth cluster includes a group of genes with a correlated 5. expression with p21 WAF1 CIP1 and MIC1 (prostate differentiation factor).
  • a fifth highlighted gene cluster harbors genes involved cell cycle control and cellular proliferation. These five subgroups of genes do reflect the major expressional phenomena as a consequence of the affetion by the given drugs.
  • transcripts were differentially expressed in pre- and post-treatment samples. After selection of 249 expressed genes, a group of 19 genes that frequently showed increased or decreased expression under EC or ET therapy was identified (Students' t-test O.05). Table 3 lists genes significantly differentially regulated in a number of paired samples within the first 24h of chemotherapy0 treatment with ratios >1.8 or ⁇ 0.6 for both therapy arms. The range of fold changes for the regulated transcripts was broad, presumably reflecting variability among patients. Two genes, the cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1 (p21 WAF1/CIP1 ) and prostate differentiation factor (MIC-1), were up-regulated in more than 95% of all samples post-treatment.
  • p21 WAF1/CIP1 cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1
  • MIC-1 prostate differentiation factor
  • ERCCl was so named for 'excision repair complementing defective repair in Chinese hamster.' Following DNA-mediated gene transfer into Chinese hamster ovary mutant cells that, like xeroderma pigmentosum cells, are sensitive to a variety of DNA damaging agents and are defective in the initial incision step of DNA repair. The resulting transformants exhibited normal resistance to DNA damaging agents and independent transformants demonstrated a common set of human DNA sequences associated with a human DNA repair gene. Homozygous mutant mice were runted at birth and died before weaning with liver failure. Elevated levels of p53 were detected in liver, brain and kidney, supporting the hypothesized role for p53 as a monitor of DNA damage.
  • ERCCl The ERCCl gene has not been found in association with any specific human disease and was only indirectly presumed to be essential.
  • XPA, ERCCl, and ERCC4 are proteins form a ternary complex that participates in both damage recognition and incision activities.
  • MSH6 (GTBP) MSH6
  • This mismatch-binding factor is part of the heterodimer of the 100-kD MSH2 and a 160-kD polypeptide called GTBP (for G/T binding protein). Sequence analysis identified GTBP as a new member of the MutS homolog family. Both proteins are required for mismatch-specific binding, a result consistent with the finding that tumor-derived cell lines devoid of either protein are also devoid of mismatch-binding activity. All homologs of the MutS proteins contain a highly conserved region of approximately 150 amino acids that encompasses a helix-turn-helix domain associated with an adenine nucleotide and magnesium binding motif, termed Walker-A motif. This part of the molecule has ATPase activity.
  • the MSH2-MSH6 complex is 'on' (binds mismatched nucleotides) in the ADP-bound form and 'off in the ATP-bound form. Hydrolysis of ATP results in the recovery of mismatch binding, while ADP-to-ATP exchange results in mismatch dissociation.
  • BRCA1 is part of a large multisubunit protein complex of tumor suppressors, DNA damage sensors, and signal transducers. They named this complex BASC, for 'BRCA1- associated genome surveillance complex.'
  • Endometrial cancer is the most common gynecologic malignancy in the United States and the most frequent extracolonic tumor in hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer (HNPCC).
  • Sporadic endometrial cancers exhibit microsatellite instability (MSI), usually associated with methylation of the MLH1 promoter.
  • MSI microsatellite instability
  • Germline MSH6 mutations which are rare in HNPCC, have been reported in several families with multiple members affected with endometrial carcinoma.
  • HNPCCl hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer due to mutations in MSH2
  • HNPCC3 hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer due to mutations in MSH2
  • HNPCC4 hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer due to mutations in MSH2
  • GTBP due to mutations in MSH6
  • DDB2 p48
  • p48 mRNA levels strongly depend on basal p53 expression and increase further after DNA damage in a p53- dependent manner.
  • xeroderma pigmentosum group E cells are deficient in global genomic repair.
  • Transfection of p48 conferred UV-DDB to hamster cells and enhanced removal of cyclobutane pyrimidine dimers (CPDs) from genomic DNA and from the nontranscribed strand of an expressed gene.
  • CPDs cyclobutane pyrimidine dimers
  • 0(6)-alkylguanine is the major mutagenic and carcinogenic lesion in DNA induced by simple alkylating mutagens because of its preference for pairing with thymine during DNA replication.
  • This adduct in DNA is removed by a ubiquitous and unique repair protein, 0(6)-methylguanine- DNA methyltransferas (EC 2.1.1.63).
  • This protein unlike true enzymes, accepts the alkyl group from the lesion in a stoichiometric second-order reaction.
  • the methyl-acceptor residue is cysteine.
  • the MGMT promoter in tumor DNA has been analyzed by a methylation-specific PCR assay to determine whether methylation of the MGMT promoter is related to the responsiveness of gliomas to alkylating agents.
  • the MGMT promoter was methylated in gliomas from 19 of 47 patients (40%). This finding was associated with regression of the tumor and prolonged overall and disease-free survival. It was an independent and stronger prognostic factor than age, stage, tumor grade, or performance status.
  • a deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be single- or double-stranded and comprises a coding sequence or the complement of a coding sequence for a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide.
  • Degenerate nucleotide sequences encoding human hurryBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides, as well as homologous nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, preferably about 75, 90, 96, or 98% identical to the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 also are attentionBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides.
  • Percent sequence identity between the sequences of two polynucleotides is determined using computer programs such as ALIGN which employ the FASTA algorithm, using an affine gap search with a gap open penalty of -12 and a gap extension penalty of -2.
  • Complementary DNA (cDNA) molecules, species homologues, and variants of routineBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotides which encode biologically active fabricatBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides also are fontBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotides.
  • a naturally occurring dull CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be isolated free of other cellular components such as membrane components, proteins, and lipids.
  • Polynucleotides can be made by a cell and isolated using standard nucleic acid purification techniques, or synthesized using an amplification technique, such as the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or by using an automatic synthesizer. Methods for isolating polynucleotides are routine and are known in the art. Any such technique for obtaining a polynucleotide can be used to obtain isolated desperateBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides.
  • restriction enzymes and probes can be used to isolate polynucleotide fragments which comprises spellBREAST CANCER GENE" nucleotide sequences.
  • Isolated polynucleotides are in preparations which are free or at least 70, 80, or 90% free of other molecules.
  • RNA isolation technique which does not select against the isolation of mRNA may be utilized for the purification of such RNA samples. See, for example, Sambrook et al., 1989, (6); and Ausubel, F. M. et al., 1989, (7), both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Additionally, large numbers of tissue samples may readily be processed using techniques well known to those of skill in the art, such as, for example, the single-step RNA isolation process of Chomczynski, P. (1989, U.S. Pat. No. 4,843,155), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Transcripts within the collected RNA samples which represent RNA produced by differentially expressed genes may be identified by utilizing a variety of methods which are ell known to those of skill in the art. For example, differential screening [Tedder, T. F. et al., 1988, (8)], subtractive hybridization [Hedrick, S. M. et al., 1984, (9)] and, preferably, differential display (Liang, P., and Pardee, A. B., 1993, U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,311, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), may be utilized to identify polynucleotide sequences derived from genes that are differentially expressed.
  • Differential screening involves the duplicate screening of a cDNA library in which one copy of the library is screened with a total cell cDNA probe corresponding to the mRNA population of one cell type while a duplicate copy of the cDNA library is screened with a total cDNA probe corresponding to the mRNA population of a second cell type.
  • one cDNA probe may correspond to a total cell cDNA probe of a cell type derived from a control subject
  • the second cDNA probe may correspond to a total cell cDNA probe of the same cell type derived from an experimental subject.
  • Those clones which hybridize to one probe but not to the other potentially represent clones derived from genes differentially expressed in the cell type of interest in control versus experimental subjects.
  • Subtractive hybridization techniques generally involve the isolation of mRNA taken from two different sources, e.g., control and experimental tissue, the hybridization of the mRNA or single- stranded cDNA reverse-transcribed from the isolated mRNA, and the removal of all hybridized, and therefore double-stranded, sequences.
  • the remaining non-hybridized, single-stranded cDNAs potentially represent clones derived from genes that are differentially expressed in the two mRNA sources.
  • Such single-stranded cDNAs are then used as the starting material for the construction of a library comprising clones derived from differentially expressed genes.
  • the differential display technique describes a procedure, utilizing the well known polymerase chain reaction (PCR; the experimental embodiment set forth in Mullis, K. B., 1987, U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202) which allows for the identification of sequences derived from genes which are differentially expressed.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • isolated RNA is reverse-transcribed into single-stranded cDNA, utilizing standard techniques which are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • Primers for the reverse transcriptase reaction may include, but are not limited to, oligo dT-containing primers, preferably of the reverse primer type of oligonucleotide described below.
  • this technique uses pairs of PCR primers, as described below, which allow for the amplification of clones representing a random subset of the RNA transcripts present within any given cell. Utilizing different pairs of primers allows each of the mRNA transcripts present in a cell to be amplified. Among such amplified transcripts may be identified those which have been produced from differentially expressed genes.
  • the reverse oligonucleotide primer of the primer pairs may contain an oligo dT stretch of nucleotides, preferably eleven nucleotides long, at its 5' end, which hybridizes to the poly(A) tail of mRNA or to the complement of a cDNA reverse transcribed from an mRNA poly(A) tail.
  • the primer may contain one or more, preferably two, additional nucleotides at its 3' end.
  • the additional nucleotides allow the primers to amplify only a subset of the mRNA derived sequences present in the sample of interest. This is preferred in that it allows more accurate and complete visualization and characterization of each of the bands representing amplified sequences.
  • the forward primer may contain a nucleotide sequence expected, statistically, to have the ability to hybridize to cDNA sequences derived from the tissues of interest.
  • the nucleotide sequence may be an arbitrary one, and the length of the forward oligonucleotide primer may range from about 9 to about 13 nucleotides, with about 10 nucleotides being preferred.
  • Arbitrary primer sequences cause the lengths of the amplified partial cDNAs produced to be variable, thus allowing different clones to be separated by using standard denaturing sequencing gel electrophoresis.
  • PCR reaction conditions should be chosen which optimize amplified product yield and specificity, and, additionally, produce amplified products of lengths which may be resolved utilizing standard gel electrophoresis techniques.
  • reaction conditions are well known to those of skill in the art, and important reaction parameters include, for example, length and nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotide primers as discussed above, and annealing and elongation step temperatures and reaction times.
  • the pattern of clones resulting from the reverse transcription and amplification of the mRNA of two different cell types is displayed via sequencing gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in the two banding patterns indicate potentially differentially expressed genes.
  • Randomly-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences which contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries can be useful for extension of sequence into 5' nontranscribed regulatory regions.
  • capillary electrophoresis systems can be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of PCR or sequencing products.
  • capillary sequencing can employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different fluorescent dyes (one for each nucleotide) which are laser activated, and detection of the emitted wavelengths by a charge coupled device camera.
  • Output/light intensity can be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g. GENOTYPER and Sequence NAVIGATOR, Perkin Elmer; AB , and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display can be computer controlled.
  • Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for the sequencing of small pieces of DNA which might be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • differential expression of such putatively differentially expressed genes should be corroborated. Corroboration may be accomplished via, for example, such well known techniques as Northern analysis and/or RT-PCR. Upon corroboration, the differentially expressed genes may be further characterized, and may be identified as target and/or marker genes, as discussed, below.
  • amplified sequences of differentially expressed genes obtained through, for example, differential display may be used to isolate full length clones of the corresponding gene.
  • the full length coding portion of the gene may readily be isolated, without undue experimentation, by molecular biological techniques well known in the art.
  • the isolated differentially expressed amplified fragment may be labeled and used to screen a cDNA library.
  • the labeled fragment may be used to screen a genomic library.
  • tissue distribution of the mRNA produced by the identified genes may be conducted, utilizing standard techniques well known to those of skill in the art. Such techniques may include, for example, Northern analyses and RT-PCR. Such analyses provide information as to whether the identified genes are expressed in tissues expected to contribute to breast cancer. Such analyses may also provide quantitative information regarding steady state mRNA regulation, yielding data concerning which of the identified genes exhibits a high level of regulation in, preferably, tissues which may be expected to contribute to breast cancer.
  • Such analyses may also be performed on an isolated cell population of a particular cell type derived from a given tissue. Additionally, standard in situ hybridization techniques may be utilized to provide information regarding which cells within a given tissue express the identified gene. Such analyses may provide information regarding the biological function of an identified gene relative to breast cancer in instances wherein only a subset of the cells within the tissue is thought to be relevant to breast cancer.
  • RNA may be isolated, following standard procedures, from an appropriate tissue or cellular source.
  • a reverse transcription reaction may then be performed on the RNA using an oligonucleotide primer complimentary to the mRNA that corresponds to the amplified fragment, for the priming of first strand synthesis. Because the primer is anti-parallel to the mRNA, extension will proceed toward the 5' end of the mRNA.
  • the resulting RNA hybrid may then be "tailed" with guanines using a standard terminal transferase reaction, the hybrid may be digested with RNase H, and second strand synthesis may then be primed with a poly-C primer.
  • restriction site PCR uses universal primers to retrieve unknown sequence adjacent to a known locus [Sarkar, 1993, (10)]. Genomic DNA is first amplified in the presence of a primer to a linker sequence and a primer specific to the known region. The amplified sequences are then subjected to a second round of PCR with the same linker primer and another specific primer internal to the first one. Products of each round of PCR are transcribed with an appropriate RNA polymerase and sequenced using reverse transcriptase.
  • Inverse PCR also can be used to amplify or extend sequences using divergent primers ' based on a known region [Triglia et al., 1988 ,(11)].
  • Primers can be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software (National Biosciences Inc., Madison, Minn.), to be e.g. 2230 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures about 68-72°C.
  • the method uses several restriction enzymes to generate a suitable fragment in the known region of a gene. The fragment is then circularized by intramolecular ligation and used as a PCR template.
  • capture PCR involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA [Lagerstrom et al., 1991, (12)].
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations also can be used to place an engineered double-stranded sequence into an unknown fragment of the DNA molecule before performing PCR.
  • PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFINDER libraries can be used to walk genomic DNA (CLONTECH, Palo Alto, Calif). This process avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron exon junctions.
  • sequences of the identified genes may be used, utilizing standard techniques, to place the genes onto genetic maps, e.g., mouse [Copeland & Jenkins, 1991, (13)] and human genetic maps [Cohen, et al., 1993 ,(14)].
  • genetic maps e.g., mouse [Copeland & Jenkins, 1991, (13)] and human genetic maps [Cohen, et al., 1993 ,(14)].
  • Such mapping information may yield information regarding the genes' importance to human disease by, for example, identifying genes which map near genetic regions to which known genetic breast cancer tendencies map.
  • variants and homologues of theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides described above also are quiltBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotides.
  • homologous sequences can be identified which contain at most about 25-30% basepair mismatches. More preferably, homologous polynucleotide strands contain 15-25% basepair mismatches, even more preferably 5-15% basepair mismatches.
  • Species homologues of theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides disclosed herein also can be identified by making suitable probes or primers and screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast.
  • Human variants ofticianBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotides can be identified, for example, by screening human cDNA expression libraries. It is well known that the T m of a double-stranded DNA decreases by 1-1.5°C with every 1% decrease in homology [Bonner et al., 1973, (15)].
  • Variants of human hurryBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides or spellBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotides of other species can therefore be identified by hybridizing a putative homologous StammBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotide with a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of one of the sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or the complement thereof to form a test hybrid.
  • the melting temperature of the test hybrid is compared with the melting temperature of a hybrid comprising polynucleotides having perfectly complementary nucleotide sequences, and the number or percent of basepair mismatches within the test hybrid is calculated.
  • Nucleotide sequences which hybridize to routineBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides or their complements following stringent hybridization and/or wash conditions also are attentionBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotides.
  • Stringent wash conditions are well known and understood in the art and are disclosed, for example, in Sambrook et al., (6).
  • a combination of temperature and salt concentration should be chosen that is approximately 12to20°C below the calculated T m of the hybrid under study.
  • the T m of a hybrid between a deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of one of the sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or the complement thereof and a polynucleotide sequence which is at least about 50, preferably about 75, 90, 96, or 98% identical to one of those nucleotide sequences can be calculated, for example, using the equation below [Bolton and McCarthy, 1962, (16):
  • T m 81.5°C - 16.6(log 10 [Na + ]) + 0.41(%G + C) - 0.63(%formamide) - 600/1),
  • Stringent wash conditions include, for example, 4X SSC at 65°C, or 50% formamide, 4X SSC at 28°C, or 0.5X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • Highly stringent wash conditions include, for example, 0.2X SSC at 65°C.
  • In vivo systems may include, but are not limited to, animal systems which naturally exhibit breast cancer predisposition, or ones which have been engineered to exhibit such symptoms, including but not limited to oncogene overexpression (e.g. HER2/neu, ras, raf, or EGFR) malignant neoplasia mouse.
  • oncogene overexpression e.g. HER2/neu, ras, raf, or EGFR
  • Splice variants derived from the same genomic region, encoded by the same pre mRNA can be identified by hybridization conditions described above for homology search. The specific characteristics of variant proteins encoded by splice variants of the same pre transcript may differ and can also be assayed as disclosed.
  • a abruptBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of one of the sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or the complement thereof may therefor differ in parts of the entire sequence.
  • the prediction of splicing events and the identification of the utilized acceptor and donor sites within the pre mRNA can be computed (e.g. Software Package GRAIL or GenomeSCAN) and verified by PCR method by those with skill in the art.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides are nucleotide sequences which are complementary to a specific DNA or RNA sequence. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary nucleotides combine with natural sequences produced by the cell to form complexes and block either transcription or translation.
  • an antisense oligonucleotide is at least 6 nucleotides in length, but can be at least 7, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 or more nucleotides long. Longer sequences also can be used.
  • Antisense oligonucleotide molecules can be provided in a DNA construct and introduced into a cell as described above to alter the level of relentlessBREAST CANCER GENE" gene products in the cell.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids (PNAs; described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,331), locked nucleic acids (LNAs; described in WO 99/12826), or a combination of them.
  • PNAs peptide nucleic acids
  • LNAs locked nucleic acids
  • Oligonucleotides can be synthesized manually or by an automated synthesizer, by covalently linking the 5' end of one nucleotide with the 3' end of another nucleotide with non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages such alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, alkylphosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxymethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters [Brown, 1994, (46)].
  • compositions of hopefullyBREAST CANCER GENE expression can be obtained by designing antisense oligonucleotides which will form duplexes to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of theticianBREAST CANCER GENE". Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between positions 10 and +10 from the start site, are preferred. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using "triple helix" base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or chaperons. Therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature [Gee et al., 1994, (47)]. An antisense oligonucleotide also can be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides which comprise, for example, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or more stretches of contiguous nucleotides which are precisely complementary to a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide, each separated by a stretch of contiguous nucleotides which are not complementary to adjacent successiveBREAST CANCER GENE” nucleotides, can provide sufficient targeting specificity for tillBREAST CANCER GENE" mRNA.
  • each stretch of complementary contiguous nucleotides is at least 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 or more nucleotides in length.
  • Non-complementary intervening sequences are preferably 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides in length.
  • One skilled in the art can easily use the calculated melting point of an antisense-sense pair to determine the degree of mismatching which will be tolerated between a particular antisense oligonucleotide and a particular repetBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide sequence.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides can be modified without affecting their ability to hybridize to a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide. These modifications can be internal or at one or both ends of the antisense molecule.
  • internucleoside phosphate linkages can be modified by adding cholesteryl or diamine moieties with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose.
  • Modified bases and/or sugars such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5' substituted oligonucleotide in which the 3' hydroxyl group or the 5' phosphate group are substituted, also can be employed in a modified antisense oligonucleotide.
  • These modified oligonucleotides can be prepared by methods well known in the art [Uhlmann et al., 2000 (48)].
  • Ribozymes are RNA molecules with catalytic activity [Couture & Stinchcomb, 1996, (49)]. Ribozymes can be used to inhibit gene function by cleaving an RNA sequence, as is known in the art (e.g., Haseloff et al., U.S. Patent 5,641,673). The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Examples include engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of specific nucleotide sequences.
  • the transcribed sequence of a contBREAST CANCER GENE can be used to generate ribozymes which will specifically bind to mRNA transcribed from a contBREAST CANCER GENE" genomic locus.
  • Methods of designing and constructing ribozymes which can cleave other RNA molecules in trans in a highly sequence specific manner have been developed and described in the art [Haseloff et al., 1988, (50)].
  • the cleavage activity of ribozymes can be targeted to specific RNAs by engineering a discrete "hybridization" region into the ribozyme.
  • the hybridization region contains a sequence complementary to the target RNA and thus specifically hybridizes with the target [see, for example, Gerlach et al., EP 0 321201].
  • ribozyme cleavage sites within a repetBREAST CANCER GENE" RNA target can be identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the target RNA containing the cleavage site can be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the target inoperable. Suitability of candidate tillBREAST CANCER GENE" RNA targets also can be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays. Longer complementary sequences can be used to increase the affinity of the hybridization sequence for the target. The hybridizing and cleavage regions of the ribozyme can be integrally related such that upon hybridizing to the target RNA through the complementary regions, the catalytic region of the ribozyme can cleave the target.
  • Ribozymes can be introduced into cells as part of a DNA construct. Mechanical methods, such as microinjection, liposome-mediated transfection, electroporation, or calcium phosphate precipitation, can be used to introduce a ribozyme-containing DNA construct into cells in which it is desired to decrease wallpaperBREAST CANCER GENE" expression. Alternatively, if it is desired that the cells stably retain the DNA construct, the construct can be supplied on a plasmid and maintained as a separate element or integrated into the genome of the cells, as is known in the art.
  • a ribozyme-encoding DNA construct can include transcriptional regulatory elements, such as a promoter element, an enhancer or UAS element, and a transcriptional terminator signal, for controlling transcription of ribozymes in the cells.
  • ribozymes can be engineered so that ribozyme expression will occur in response to factors which induce expression of a target gene. Ribozymes also can be engineered to provide an additional level of regulation, so that destruction of mRNA occurs only when both a ribozyme and a target gene are induced in the cells.
  • BREAST CANCER GENE polypeptides according to the invention comprise an polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 or encoded by any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or derivatives, fragments, analogues and homologues thereof.
  • a BREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide of the invention therefore can be a portion, a full-length, or a fusion protein comprising all or a portion of a "BREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide.
  • FIG. 1 A purified illustration of the present disclosure is a diagrammatic representation of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 A purified illustration of the present disclosure is a diagrammatic representation of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 A purified illustration of the present disclosure is a diagrammatic representation of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 A purified overwhelmBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide is separated from other compounds which are normally associate with theticianBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide in the cell, such as certain proteins, carbohydrates, or lipids, using methods well- known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, size exclusion chromatography, ammonium sulfate fractionation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and preparative gel electrophoresis.
  • a preparation of purified hopefullyBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides is at least 80% pure; preferably, the preparations are 90%, 95%, or 99% pure. Purity of the preparations can be assessed by any means known in the art, such as SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Obtaining Polypeptides
  • Variations in percent identity can be due, for example, to amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions.
  • Amino acid substitutions are defined as one for one amino acid replacements. They are conservative in nature when the substituted amino acid has similar structural and/or chemical properties. Examples of conservative replacements are substitution of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, or a threonine with a serine.
  • Amino acid insertions or deletions are changes to or within an amino acid sequence. They typically fall in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. Guidance in determining which amino acid residues can be substituted, inserted, or deleted without abolishing biological or immunological activity of a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be found using computer programs well known in the art, such as DNASTAR software. Whether an amino acid change results in a biologically active QuiltBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can readily be determined by assaying forêt spellAST CANCER GENE” activity, as described for example, in the specific Examples, below. Larger insertions or deletions can also be caused by alternative splicing. Protein domains can be inserted or deleted without altering the main activity of the protein.
  • Fusion proteins are useful for generating antibodies against prepareBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide amino acid sequences and for use in various assay systems. For example, fusion proteins can be used to identify proteins which interact with portions of a repetBREAST CANCER
  • GENE polypeptide.
  • Protein affinity chromatography or library-based assays for protein-protein interactions such as the yeast two-hybrid or phage display systems, can be used for this purpose. Such methods are well known in the art and also can be used as drug screens.
  • AccessedBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide fusion protein comprises two polypeptide segments fused together by means of a peptide bond.
  • the first polypeptide segment comprises at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700 or 750 contiguous amino acids of an amino acid sequence encoded by any polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or of a biologically active variant, such as those described above.
  • the first polypeptide segment also can comprise full-length tillBREAST CANCER GENE".
  • the second polypeptide segment can be a full-length protein or a protein fragment.
  • Proteins commonly used in fusion protein construction include ⁇ -galactosidase, ⁇ -glucuronidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), autofluorescent proteins, including blue fluorescent protein (BFP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST), luciferase, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), and chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT).
  • epitope tags are used in fusion protein constructions, including histidine (His) tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, VSV-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags.
  • Other fusion constructions can include maltose binding protein
  • a fusion protein also can be engineered to contain a cleavage site located between theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide-encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that the deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be cleaved and purified away from the heterologous moiety.
  • a fusion protein can be synthesized chemically, as is known in the art.
  • a fusion protein is produced by covalently linking two polypeptide segments or by standard procedures in the art of molecular biology.
  • Recombinant DNA methods can be used to prepare fusion proteins, for example, by making a DNA construct which comprises coding sequences selected from any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 in proper reading frame with nucleotides encoding the second polypeptide segment and expressing the DNA construct in a host cell, as is known in the art.
  • kits for constructing fusion proteins are available from companies such as Promega Corporation (Madison, WI), Stratagene (La Jolla, CA), CLONTECH (Mountain View, CA), Santa Cruz Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, CA), MBL International Corporation (MIC; Watertown, MA), and Quantum Biotechnologies (Montreal, Canada; 1-888-DNA-KITS).
  • Species homologues of human a pastBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be obtained using oughtBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotides (described below) to make suitable probes or primers for screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast, identifying cDNAs which encode homologues of a sansBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide, and expressing the cDNAs as is known in the art.
  • the polynucleotide can be inserted into an expression vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence.
  • Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding admirBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. Such techniques are described, for example, in Sambrook et al., (6) and in Ausubel et al., (7).
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems can be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors, insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus), plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids), or animal cell systems.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors
  • yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus), plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco
  • control elements or regulatory sequences are those regions of the vector enhancers, promoters, 5' and 3' untranslated regions which interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such elements can vary in their strength and specificity. Depending on the vector system and host utilized, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, can be used. For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the BLUESCRIPT phagemid (Sfratagene, LaJolla, Calif.) or pSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies) and the like can be used. The baculovirus polyhedrin promoter can be used in insect cells.
  • Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells e.g., heat shock, RUBISCO, and storage protein genes
  • plant viruses e.g., viral promoters or leader sequences
  • promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of a nucleotide sequence encoding a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, vectors based on SV40 or EBV can be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
  • a number of expression vectors can be selected depending upon the use intended for theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. For example, when a large quantity of theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is needed for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified can be used. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Sfratagene).
  • a sequence encoding the seeminglyBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be ligated into the vector in frame with sequences for the amino terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of ⁇ -galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced.
  • pHSf vectors Van Heeke & Schuster, (75)] or pGEX vectors (Promega, Madison, Wis.) also can be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST).
  • fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione.
  • Proteins made in such systems can be designed to include heparin, thrombin, or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned polypeptide of interest can be released from the GST moiety at will.
  • yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH can be used.
  • constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH.
  • the expression of sequences encoding lovedBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be driven by any of a number of promoters.
  • viral promoters such as the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV can be used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV [Takamatsu, 1987, (22)].
  • plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters can be used [Winter et al., 1991, (23)].
  • These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or by pathogen- mediated transfection. Such techniques are described in a number of generally available reviews.
  • An insect system also can be used to express a regularlyBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
  • Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda cells or in Trichoplusia larvae.
  • Sequences encoding lovedBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides can be cloned into a nonessential region of the virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under confrol of the polyhedrin promoter.
  • Successful insertion of diligentBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein.
  • the recombinant viruses can then be used to infect S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which tillBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides can be expressed [Engelhard et al., 1994, (24)].
  • a number of viral-based expression systems can be used to express snugBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides in mammalian host cells.
  • sequences encoding lovedBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex comprising the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a nonessential El or E3 region of the viral genome can be used to obtain a viable virus which is capable of expressing a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide in infected host cells [Logan & Shenk, 1984, (25)].
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, can be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
  • RSV Rous sarcoma virus
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • 6M to 10M are constructed and delivered to cells via conventional delivery methods (e.g., liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles).
  • Specific initiation signals also can be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding strictlyBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where sequences encoding a mecanicBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, its initiation codon, and upstream sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or franslational confrol signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous franslational control signals (including the ATG initiation codon) should be provided. The initiation codon should be in the correct reading frame to ensure translation of the entire insert.
  • Exogenous franslational elements and initiation codons can be of various origins, both natural and synthetic.
  • the efficiency of expression can be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers which are appropriate for the particular cell system which is used [Scharf et al., 1994, (26)].
  • a host cell strain can be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed spellBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation.
  • Posttranslational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form of the polypeptide also can be used to facilitate correct insertion, folding and or function.
  • Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for Post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38), are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209) and can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • Stable expression is preferred for long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins.
  • cell lines which stably express outfitBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be transformed using expression vectors which can contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells can be allowed to grow for 12 days in an enriched medium before they are switched to a selective medium. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced blanketBREAST CANCER GENE" sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells can be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type [Freshney et al., 1986, (27).
  • Any number of selection systems can be used to recover fransformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase [Wigler et al., 1977, (28)] and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase [Lowy et al., 1980, (29)] genes which can be employed in tk " or aprt " cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate [Wigler et al., 1980, (30)]
  • npt confers resistance to the aminoglycosides, neomycin and G418 [Colbere-Garapin et al., 1981, (31)]
  • als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively.
  • Additional selectable genes have been described.
  • trpB allows cells to utilize indole in place of tryptophan, or hisD, which allows cells to utilize histinol in place of histidine [Hartman & Mulligan, 1988 ,(32)].
  • Visible markers such as anthocyanins, ⁇ - glucuronidase and its substrate GUS, and luciferase and its substrate luciferin, can be used to identify transformants and to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system [Rhodes et al., 1995, (33)].
  • the presence of marker gene expression suggests that the dinBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed. For example, if a sequence encoding a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences which encode a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide.
  • host cells which contain a contBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide and which express a contBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip-based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of polynucleotide or protein.
  • the presence of a polynucleotide sequence encoding a repetBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be detected by DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization or amplification using probes or fragments or fragments of polynucleotides encoding a sansBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide.
  • Nucleic acid amplification-based assays involve the use of oligonucleotides selected from sequences encoding a abolishBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide to detect transformants which contain a sansBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide.
  • a variety of protocols for detecting and measuring the expression of a contBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • a two-site, monoclonal- based immunoassay using monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on a redesignBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be used, or a competitive binding assay can be employed. These and other assays are described in Hampton et al., (34).
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding stuntBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides include oligo labeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
  • sequences encoding a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA probes are known in the art, are commercially available, and can be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of labeled nucleotides and an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6. These procedures can be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega, and US Biochemical). Suitable reporter molecules or labels which can be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, and fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture.
  • the polypeptide produced by a fransformed cell can be secreted or stored intracellular depending on the sequence and or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode dismissBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides can be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of soluble hurryBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane or which direct the membrane insertion of membrane-bound mitBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide.
  • Such purification facilitating domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immunoglobulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, Wash.).
  • cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor Xa or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide also can be used to facilitate purification.
  • One such expression vector provides for expression of a fusion protein containing a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide and 6 histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site.
  • the histidine residues facilitate purification by IMAC (immobilized metal ion affinity chromatography [Porath et al., 1992, (35)], while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying theticianBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide from the fusion protein.
  • Vectors which contain fusion proteins are disclosed in Kroll et al., (36).
  • Sequences encoding a deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art [see Caruthers et al., (37)].
  • a contemporaryBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide itself can be produced using chemical methods to synthesize its amino acid sequence, such as by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques [Roberge et al., 1995, (38)]. Protein synthesis can be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis can be achieved, for example, using Applied Biosystems 431 A Peptide Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer).
  • fragments of arrivingBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be separately synthesized and combined using chemical methods to produce a full-length molecule.
  • the newly synthesized peptide can be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography [Creighton, 1983, (39)].
  • the composition of a synthetic maybeBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be confirmed by amino acid analysis or sequencing (e.g., the Edman degradation procedure. Additionally, any portion of the amino acid sequence of the deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined using chemical methods with sequences from other proteins to produce a variant polypeptide or a fusion protein.
  • phrases preferred by a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host can be selected to increase the rate of protein expression or to produce an RNA transcript having desirable properties, such as a half-life which is longer than that of a transcript generated from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • nucleotide sequences disclosed herein can be engineered using methods generally known in the art to alter spellBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide-encoding sequences for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, alterations which modify the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the polypeptide or mRNA product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR re-assembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides can be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • site-directed mutagenesis can be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce mutations, and so forth.
  • the present invention provides compositions, methods, and kits for determining whether a subject is at risk for developing malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular by detecting the disclosed biomarkers, i.e., the disclosed polynucleotide markers comprising any of the polynucleotides sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 and/or the polypeptide markers encoded thereby or polypeptide markers comprising any of the polypeptide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 for malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • the disclosed biomarkers i.e., the disclosed polynucleotide markers comprising any of the polynucleotides sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 and/or the polypeptide markers encoded thereby or polypeptide markers comprising any of the polypeptide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 for malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
  • biological samples can be screened for the presence and/or absence of the biomarkers identified herein.
  • samples are for example needle biopsy cores, surgical resection samples, or body fluids like serum, thin needle nipple aspirates and urine.
  • these methods include obtaining a biopsy, which is optionally fractionated by cryostat sectioning to enrich diseases cells to about 80% of the total cell population.
  • polynucleotides extracted from these samples may be amplified using techniques well known in the art. The expression levels of selected markers detected would be compared with statistically valid groups of diseased and healthy samples.
  • compositions, methods, and kits comprises determining whether a subject has an abnormal mRNA and or protein level of the disclosed markers, such as by Northern blot analysis, reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), in situ hybridization, immunoprecipitation, Western blot hybridization, or immunohistochemistry.
  • RT-PCR reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction
  • cells are obtained from a subject and the levels of the disclosed biomarkers, protein or mRNA level, is determined and compared to the level of these markers in a healthy subject.
  • An abnormal level of the biomarker polypeptide or mRNA levels is likely to be indicative of malignant neoplasia such as breast cancer.
  • compositions, methods, and kits comprises determining whether a subject has an abnormal DNA content of said genes or said genomic loci, such as by Southern blot analysis, dot blot analysis, Fluorescence or Colorimetric In Situ Hybridization, Comparative Genomic Hybridization or quantitative PCR.
  • these assays comprise the usage of probes from representative genomic regions.
  • the probes contain at least parts of said genomic regions or sequences complementary or analogous to said regions. In particular infra- or intergenic regions of said genes or genomic regions.
  • the probes can consist of nucleotide sequences or sequences of analogous functions (e.g. PNAs, Morpholino oligomers) being able to bind to target regions by hybridization.
  • genomic regions being altered in said patient samples are compared with unaffected control samples (normal tissue from the same or different patients, surrounding unaffected tissue, peripheral blood) or with genomic regions of the same sample that don't have said alterations and can therefore serve as internal controls.
  • regions located on the same chromosome are used.
  • gonosomal regions and /or regions with defined varying amount in the sample are used.
  • the DNA content, structure, composition or modification is compared that lie within distinct genomic regions.
  • the target regions are analyzed for the presence of polymorphisms (e.g.
  • Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms or mutations that affect or predispose the cells in said samples with regard to clinical aspects, being of diagnostic, prognostic or therapeutic value.
  • the identification of sequence variations is used to define haplotypes that result in characteristic behavior of said samples with said clinical aspects.
  • compositions, methods, and kits for the prediction, diagnosis or prognosis of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular are done by the detection of:
  • the method for the prediction, diagnosis or prognosis of malignant neoplasia is done as just described but, wherein before hybridization, the polynucleotide material of the biological sample is amplified.
  • the present Invention also provides a method wherein polynucleotide probes are immobilized an a DNA chip in an organized array.
  • Oligonucleotides can be bound to a solid Support by a variety of processes, including lithography. For example a chip can hold up to 410.000 oligonucleotides (GeneChip, Affymetrix).
  • the present invention provides significant advantages over the available tests for malignant neoplasia, such as breast cancer, because it increases the reliability of the test by providing an array of polynucleotide markers an a single chip.
  • the method includes obtaining a biologocal sample which can be a biopsy of an affected person, which is optionally fractionated by cryostat sectioning to enrich diseased cells to about 80% of the total cell population and the use of body fluids such as serum or urine, serum or cell containing liquids (e.g. derived from fine needle aspirates).
  • the DNA or RNA is then extracted, amplified, and analyzed with a DNA chip to determine the presence of absence of the marker polynucleotide sequences.
  • the polynucleotide probes are spotted onto a subsfrate in a two-dimensional matrix or array, samples of polynucleotides can be labeled and then hybridized to the probes.
  • Double-stranded polynucleotides comprising the labeled sample polynucleotides bound to probe polynucleotides, can be detected once the unbound portion of the sample is washed away.
  • the probe polynucleotides can be spotted on substrates including glass, nitrocellulose, etc.
  • the probes can be bound to the substrate by either covalent bonds or by non-specific interactions, such as hydrophobic interactions.
  • the sample polynucleotides can be labeled using radioactive labels, fluorophores, chromophores, etc.
  • arrays can be used to examine differential expression of genes and can be used to determine gene function.
  • arrays of the instant polynucleotide sequences can be used to determine if any of the polynucleotide sequences are differentially expressed between normal cells and diseased cells, for example.
  • High expression of a particular message in a diseased sample, which is not observed in a corresponding normal sample, can indicate a breast cancer specific protein.
  • the invention provides probes and primers that are specific to the polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65.
  • composition, method, and kit comprise using a polynucleotide probe to determine the presence of malignant or breast cancer cells in particular in a tissue from a patient.
  • the method comprises:
  • a polynucleotide probe comprising a nucleotide sequence at least 12 nucleotides in length, preferably at least 15 nucleotides, more preferably, 25 nucleotides, and most preferably at least 40 nucleotides, and up to all or nearly all of the coding sequence which is complementary to a portion of the coding sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the polynucleotides of SEQ JJD NO: 1 to 65 or a sequence complementary thereto;
  • RNA of each of said first and second tissue samples e.g., in a Northern blot or in situ hybridization assay
  • Comparison of the expression levels of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES" with reference expression levels is preferably conducted using computer systems.
  • expression levels are obtained in two cells and these two sets of expression levels are introduced into a computer system for comparison.
  • one set of expression levels is entered into a computer system for comparison with values that are already present in the computer system, or in computer- readable form that is then entered into the computer system.
  • the invention provides a computer readable form of the gene expression profile data of the invention, or of values corresponding to the level of expression of at least one "BREAST CANCER GENE" in a diseased cell.
  • the values can be mRNA expression levels obtained from experiments, e.g., microarray analysis.
  • the values can also be mRNA levels normalised relative to a reference gene whose expression is constant in numerous cells under numerous conditions, e.g., GAPDH.
  • the values in the computer are ratios of, or differences between, normalized or non-normalized mRNA levels in different samples.
  • the gene expression profile data can be in the form of a table, such as an Excel table.
  • the data can be alone, or it can be part of a larger database, e.g., comprising other expression profiles.
  • the expression profile data of the invention can be part of a public database.
  • the computer readable form can be in a computer.
  • the invention provides a computer displaying the gene expression profile data.
  • the invention provides a method for determining the similarity between the level of expression of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES" in a first cell, e.g., a cell of a subject, and that in a second cell, comprising obtaining the level of expression of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES” in a first cell and entering these values into a computer comprising a database including records comprising values corresponding to levels of expression of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES” in a second cell, and processor instructions, e.g., a user interface, capable of receiving a selection of one or more values for comparison purposes with data that is stored in the computer.
  • processor instructions e.g., a user interface
  • the computer may further comprise a means for converting the comparison data into a diagram or chart or other type of output.
  • values representing expression levels of "BREAST CANCER GENES" are entered into a computer system, comprising one or more databases with reference expression levels obtained from more than one cell.
  • the computer comprises expression data of diseased and normal cells. Instructions are provided to the computer, and the computer is capable of comparing the data entered with the data in the computer to determine whether the data entered is more similar to that of a normal cell or of a diseased cell.
  • the computer comprises values of expression levels in cells of subjects at different stages of breast cancer, and the computer is capable of comparing expression data entered into the computer with the data stored, and produce results indicating to which of the expression profiles in the computer, the one entered is most similar, such as to determine the stage of breast cancer in the subject.
  • the reference expression profiles in the computer are expression profiles from cells of breast cancer of one or more subjects, which cells are treated in vivo or in vitro with a drug used for therapy of breast cancer.
  • the computer Upon entering of expression data of a cell of a subject treated in vitro or in vivo with the drug, the computer is instructed to compare the data entered to the data in the computer, and to provide results indicating whether the expression data input into the computer are more similar to those of a cell of a subject that is responsive to the drug or more similar to those of a cell of a subject that is not responsive to the drug.
  • the results indicate whether the subject is likely to respond to the treatment with the drug or unlikely to respond to it.
  • the invention provides a system that comprises a means for receiving gene expression data for one or a plurality of genes; a means for comparing the gene expression data from each of said one or plurality of genes to a common reference frame; and a means for presenting the results of the comparison.
  • This system may further comprise a means for clustering the data.
  • the invention provides a computer program for analyzing gene expression data comprising (i) a computer code that receives as input gene expression data for a plurality of genes and (ii) a computer code that compares said gene expression data from each of said plurality of genes to a common reference frame.
  • the invention also provides a machine-readable or computer-readable medium including program instructions for performing the following steps: (i) comparing a plurality of values corresponding to expression levels of one or more genes characteristic of breast cancer in a query cell with a database including records comprising reference expression or expression profile data of one or more reference cells and an annotation of the type of cell; and (ii) indicating to which cell the query cell is most similar based on similarities of expression profiles.
  • the reference cells can be cells from subjects at different stages of breast cancer.
  • the reference cells can also be cells from subjects responding or not responding to a particular drug treatment and optionally incubated in vitro or in vivo with the drug.
  • the reference cells may also be cells from subjects responding or not responding to several different treatments, and the computer system indicates a preferred treatment for the subject.
  • the invention provides a method for selecting a therapy for a patient having breast cancer, the method comprising: (i) providing the level of expression of one or more genes characteristic of breast cancer in a diseased cell of the patient; (ii) providing a plurality of reference profiles, each associated with a therapy, wherein the subject expression profile and each reference profile has a plurality of values, each value representing the level of expression of a gene characteristic of breast cancer; and (iii) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile, to thereby select a therapy for said patient.
  • step (iii) is performed by a computer.
  • the most similar reference profile may be selected by weighing a comparison value of the plurality using a weight value associated with the corresponding expression data.
  • the relative abundance of an mRNA in two biological samples can be scored as a perturbation and its magnitude determined (i.e., the abundance is different in the two sources of mRNA tested), or as not perturbed (i.e., the relative abundance is the same).
  • a difference between the two sources of RNA of at least a factor of about 25% RNA from one source is 25% more abundant in one source than the other source), more usually about 50%, even more often by a factor of about 2 (twice as abundant), 3 (three times as abundant) or 5 (five times as abundant) is scored as a perturbation.
  • Perturbations can be used by a computer for calculating and expression comparisons.
  • a perturbation in addition to identifying a perturbation as positive or negative, it is advantageous to determine the magnitude of the perturbation. This can be carried out, as noted above, by calculating the ratio of the emission of the two fiuorophores used for differential labeling, or by analogous methods that will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • the computer readable medium may further comprise a pointer to a descriptor of a stage of breast cancer or to a treatment for breast cancer.
  • the means for receiving gene expression data, the means for comparing the gene expression data, the means for presenting, the means for normalizing, and the means for clustering within the context of the systems of the present invention can involve a programmed computer with the respective functionalities described herein, implemented in hardware or hardware and software; a logic circuit or other component of a programmed computer that performs the operations specifically identified herein, dictated by a computer program; or a computer memory encoded with executable instructions representing a computer program that can cause a computer to function in the particular fashion described herein.
  • the computer may have internal components linked to external components.
  • the internal components may include a processor element interconnected with a main memory.
  • the computer system can be an Intel Pentium ® -based processor of 200 MHz or greater clock rate and with 32 MB or more of main memory.
  • the external component may comprise a mass storage, which can be one or more hard disks (which are typically packaged together with the processor and memory). Such hard disks are typically of 1 GB or greater storage capacity.
  • Other external components include a user interface device, which can be a monitor, together with an inputing device, which can be a "mouse", or other graphic input devices, and or a keyboard.
  • a printing device can also be attached to the computer.
  • the computer system is also linked to a network link, which can be part of an Ethernet link to other local computer systems, remote computer systems, or wide area communication networks, such as the Internet.
  • This network link allows the computer system to share data and processing tasks with other computer systems.
  • a software component represents the operating system, which is responsible for managing the computer system and its network interconnections. This operating system can be, for example, of the Microsoft Windows' family, such as Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows NT.
  • a software component represents common languages and functions conveniently present on this system to assist programs implementing the methods specific to this invention. Many high or low level computer languages can be used to program the analytic methods of this invention. Instructions can be interpreted during run-time or compiled. Preferred languages include C/C++, and JAVA ® .
  • the methods of this invention are programmed in mathematical software packages which allow symbolic entry of equations and high-level specification of processing, including algorithms to be used, thereby freeing a user of the need to procedurally program individual equations or algorithms.
  • Such packages include Matlab from Mathworks (Natick, Mass.), Mathematica from Wolfram Research (Champaign, 111.), or S-Plus from Math Soft (Cambridge, Mass.).
  • a software component represents the analytic methods of this invention as programmed in a procedural language or symbolic package.
  • the computer system also contains a database comprising values representing levels of expression of one or more genes characteristic of breast cancer.
  • the database may contain one or more expression profiles of genes characteristic of breast cancer in different cells.
  • a user first loads expression profile data into the computer system. These data can be directly entered by the user from a monitor and keyboard, or from other computer systems linked by a network connection, or on removable storage media such as a CD-ROM or floppy disk or through the network. Next the user causes execution of expression profile analysis software which performs the steps of comparing and, e.g., clustering co-varying genes into groups of genes.
  • expression profiles are compared using a method described in U.S. Patent No. 6,203,987.
  • a user first loads expression profile data into the computer system.
  • Geneset profile definitions are loaded into the memory from the storage media or from a remote computer, preferably from a dynamic geneset database system, through the network.
  • the user causes execution of projection software which performs the steps of converting expression profile to projected expression profiles.
  • the projected expression profiles are then displayed.
  • a user first leads a projected profile into the memory. The user then causes the loading of a reference profile into the memory. Next, the user causes the execution of comparison software which performs the steps of objectively comparing the profiles.
  • the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject is at risk for developing a disease, such as a predisposition to develop malignant neoplasia, for example breast cancer, associated with an aberrant activity of any one of the polypeptides encoded by any of the polynucleotides of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65, wherein the aberrant activity of the polypeptide is characterized by detecting the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of these:
  • V a gross alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the polynucleotide sequence
  • VTJ the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene
  • VHJ a non-wild type level of the marker polypeptide
  • the present invention provides assay techniques for detecting mutations in the encoding polynucleotide sequence. These methods include, but are not limited to, methods involving sequence analysis, Southern blot hybridization, restriction enzyme site mapping, and methods involving detection of absence of nucleotide pairing between the polynucleotide to be analyzed and a probe.
  • Specific diseases or disorders e.g., genetic diseases or disorders
  • specific allelic variants of polymo ⁇ hic regions of certain genes which do not necessarily encode a mutated protein.
  • the presence of a specific allelic variant of a polymo ⁇ hic region of a gene in a subject can render the subject susceptible to developing a specific disease or disorder.
  • Polymo ⁇ hic regions in genes can be identified, by determining the nucleotide sequence of genes in populations of individuals. If a polymo ⁇ hic region is identified, then the link with a specific disease can be determined by studying specific populations of individuals, e.g. individuals which developed a specific disease, such as breast cancer.
  • a polymo ⁇ hic region can be located in any region of a gene, e.g., exons, in coding or non coding regions of exons, introns, and promoter region.
  • a polynucleotide composition comprising a polynucleotide probe including a region of nucleotide sequence which is capable of hybridising to a sense or antisense sequence of a gene or naturally occurring mutants thereof, or 5' or 3' flanking sequences or intronic sequences naturally associated with the subject genes or naturally occurring mutants thereof.
  • the polynucleotide of a cell is rendered accessible for hybridization, the probe is contacted with the polynucleotide of the sample, and the hybridization of the probe to the sample polynucleotide is detected.
  • Such techniques can be used to detect lesions or allelic variants at either the genomic or mRNA level, including deletions, substitutions, etc., as well as to determine mRNA transcript levels.
  • a preferred detection method is allele specific hybridization using probes overlapping the mutation or polymo ⁇ hic site and having about 5, 10, 20, 25, or 30 nucleotides around the mutation or polymo ⁇ hic region.
  • several probes capable of hybridising specifically to allelic variants are attached to a solid phase support, e.g., a "chip". Mutation detection analysis using these chips comprising oligonucleotides, also termed "DNA probe arrays" is described e.g., in Cronin et al. (40).
  • a chip comprises all the allelic variants of at least one polymo ⁇ hic region of a gene.
  • the solid phase support is then contacted with a test polynucleotide and hybridization to the specific probes is detected. Accordingly, the identity of numerous allelic variants of one or more genes can be identified in a simple hybridization experiment.
  • detection of the lesion comprises utilizing the probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g. U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligase chain reaction (LCR) [Landegran et al., 1988, (41)], the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the gene; Abravaya et al., 1995 ,(42)].
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • the method includes the steps of (i) collecting a sample of cells from a patient, (ii) isolating polynucleotide (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, (iii) contacting the polynucleotide sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a polynucleotide sequence under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the polynucleotide (if present) occurs, and (iv) detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
  • polynucleotide e.g., genomic, mRNA or both
  • Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication [Guatelli, J.C. et al., 1990, (43)], transcriptional amplification system [Kwoh, D.Y. et al., 1989, (44)], Q-Beta replicase [Lizardi, P.M. et al., 1988 ,(45)], or any other polynucleotide amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of polynucleotide molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
  • mutations in, or allelic variants, of a gene from a sample cell are identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns.
  • sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis.
  • sequence specific ribozymes see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,498,531 can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
  • the method comprises in situ hybridization with a probe derived from a given marker polynucleotide, which sequence is selected from any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or a sequence complementary thereto.
  • the method comprises contacting the labeled hybridization probe with a sample of a given type of tissue from a patient potentially having malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular as well as normal tissue from a person with no malignant neoplasia, and determining whether the probe labels tissue of the patient to a degree significantly different (e.g., by at least a factor of two, or at least a factor of five, or at least a factor of twenty, or at least a factor of fifty) than the degree to which normal tissue is labelled.
  • In situ hybridization may be performed either to DNA in the nucleus of said cell in tissues or to the mRNA in the cytoplasm to stain for transcriptional activity.
  • the subject invention further provides a method of determining whether a cell sample obtained from a subject possesses an abnormal amount of marker polypeptide which comprises (a) obtaining a cell sample from the subject, (b) quantitatively determining the amount of the marker polypeptide in the sample so obtained, and (c) comparing the amount of the marker polypeptide so determined with a known standard, so as to thereby determine whether the cell sample obtained from the subject possesses an abnormal amount of the marker polypeptide.
  • marker polypeptides may be detected by immunohistochemical assays, dot-blot assays, ELISA and the like.
  • Any type of antibody known in the art can be generated to bind specifically to an epitope of a contBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
  • An antibody as used herein includes intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab) 2 , and Fv, which are capable of binding an epitope of a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
  • Fab fragment antigen binding protein
  • F(ab) 2 fragment antigen binding
  • Fv fragments thereof
  • An antibody which specifically binds to an epitope of a contBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be used therapeutically, as well as in immunochemical assays, such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art.
  • immunochemical assays such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art.
  • Various immunoassays can be used to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiomefric assays are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between an immunogen and an antibody which specifically binds to the immunogen.
  • an antibody which specifically binds to a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide provides a detection signal at least 5-, 10-, or 20-fold higher than a detection signal provided with other proteins when used in an immunochemical assay.
  • antibodies which specifically bind to conjunctionBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides do not detect other proteins in immunochemical assays and can immunoprecipitate a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide from solution.
  • a crabBREAST CANCER GENE polypeptides can be used to immunize a mammal, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, monkey, or human, to produce polyclonal antibodies.
  • a contemporaryBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be conjugated to a carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
  • a carrier protein such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's adjuvant, mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), and surface active substances (e.g.
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum are especially useful.
  • Monoclonal antibodies which specifically bind to a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV hybridoma technique [Kohler et al, 1985, (51].
  • Monoclonal and other antibodies also can be humanized to prevent a patient from mounting an immune response against the antibody when it is used therapeutically. Such antibodies may be sufficiently similar in sequence to human antibodies to be used directly in therapy or may require alteration of a few key residues. Sequence differences between rodent antibodies and human sequences can be minimized by replacing residues which differ from those in the human sequences by site directed mutagenesis of individual residues or by grating of entire complementarity determining regions.
  • humanized antibodies can be produced using recombinant methods, as described in GB2188638B.
  • Antibodies which specifically bind to a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can contain antigen binding sites which are either partially or fully humanized, as disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,565,332.
  • Single-chain antibodies also can be constructed using a DNA amplification method, such as PCR, using hybridoma cDNA as a template [Thirion et al., 1996, (54)].
  • Single-chain antibodies can be mono- or bispecific, and can be bivalent or tetravalent. Construction of tetravalent, bispecif ⁇ c single-chain antibodies is taught, for example, in Coloma & Morrison, (55). Construction of bivalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught in Mallender & Voss, (56).
  • a nucleotide sequence encoding a single-chain antibody can be constructed using manual or automated nucleotide synthesis, cloned into an expression construct using standard recombinant DNA methods, and introduced into a cell to express the coding sequence, as described below.
  • single-chain antibodies can be produced directly using, for example, filamentous phage technology [Verhaar et al., 1995, (57)].
  • Antibodies which specifically bind to captiveBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides also can be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature [Orlandi et al., 1989, (58)].
  • chimeric antibodies can be constructed as disclosed in WO 93/03151.
  • Antibodies according to the invention can be purified by methods well known in the art. For example, antibodies can be affinity purified by passage over a column to which a crizBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is bound. The bound antibodies can then be eluted from the column using a buffer with a high salt concentration.
  • Immunoassays are commonly used to quantify the levels of proteins in cell samples, and many other immunoassay techniques are known in the art.
  • the invention is not limited to a particular assay procedure, and therefore is intended to include both homogeneous and heterogeneous procedures.
  • Exemplary immunoassays which can be conducted according to the invention include fluorescence polarisation immunoassay (FPIA), fluorescence immunoassay (FIA), enzyme immunoassay (EIA), nephelometric inhibition immunoassay (NIA), enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), and radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • FPIA fluorescence polarisation immunoassay
  • FIA fluorescence immunoassay
  • EIA enzyme immunoassay
  • NIA nephelometric inhibition immunoassay
  • ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • An indicator moiety, or label group can be attached to the subject antibodies and is selected so as to meet the needs of various uses of the method which are often dictated by the availability of assay equipment and compatible immunoassay procedures.
  • General techniques to be used in performing the various immunoassays noted above are known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Flow cytometry allows the identification of proteins on the cell surface as well as of intracellular proteins using fluorochrome labeled, protein specific antibodies or non-labeled antibodies in combination with fluorochrome labeled secondary antibodies.
  • General techniques to be used in performing flow cytometric assays noted above are known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a special method based on the same principles is the microsphere-based flow cytometric. Microsphere beads are labeled with precise quantities of fluorescent dye and particular antibodies. Such techniques are provided by Luminex Inc. WO 97/14028.
  • the level of a particular protein or a protein fragment, or modified protein in a particular sample may be determined by 2D gel-electrophoresis and/or mass spectrometry. Determination of protein nature, sequence, molecular mass as well charge can be achieved in one detection step. Mass spectrometry can be performed with methods known to those with skills in the art as MALDI, TOF, or combinations of these.
  • the level of the encoded product i.e., the product encoded by any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or a sequence complementary thereto, in a biological fluid (e.g., blood or urine) of a patient may be determined as a way of monitoring the level of expression of the marker polynucleotide sequence in cells of that patient.
  • a biological fluid e.g., blood or urine
  • Such a method would include the steps of obtaining a sample of a biological fluid from the patient, contacting the sample (or proteins from the sample) with an antibody specific for a encoded marker polypeptide, and determining the amount of immune complex formation by the antibody, with the amount of immune complex formation being indicative of the level of the marker encoded product in the sample. This determination is particularly instructive when compared to the amount of immune complex formation by the same antibody in a control sample taken from a normal individual or in one or more samples previously or subsequently obtained from the same person.
  • the method can be used to determine the amount of marker polypeptide present in a cell, which in turn can be correlated with progression of the disorder, e.g., plaque formation.
  • the level of the marker polypeptide can be used predictively to evaluate whether a sample of cells contains cells which are, or are predisposed towards becoming, plaque associated cells. The observation of marker polypeptide level can be utilized in decisions regarding, e.g., the use of more stringent therapies.
  • one aspect of the present invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining, in the context of cells isolated from a patient, if the level of a marker polypeptide is significantly reduced in the sample cells.
  • the term "significantly reduced” refers to a cell phenotype wherein the cell possesses a reduced cellular amount of the marker polypeptide relative to a normal cell of similar tissue origin.
  • a cell may have less than about 50%, 25%, 10%, or 5% of the marker polypeptide that a normal control cell.
  • the assay evaluates the level of marker polypeptide in the test cells, and, preferably, compares the measured level with marker polypeptide detected in at least one control cell, e.g., a normal cell and/or a transformed cell of known phenotype.
  • the number of cells with a particular marker polypeptide phenotype may then be correlated with patient prognosis.
  • the marker polypeptide phenotype of the lesion is determined as a percentage of cells in a biopsy which are found to have abnormally high/low levels of the marker polypeptide.
  • Such expression may be detected by immunohistochemical assays, dot-blot assays, ELISA and the like. Im?nunohistochemistrv
  • immunohistochemical staining may be used to determine the number of cells having the marker polypeptide phenotype.
  • a multiblock of tissue is taken from the biopsy or other tissue sample and subjected to proteolytic hydrolysis, employing such agents as protease K or pepsin.
  • proteolytic hydrolysis employing such agents as protease K or pepsin.
  • the tissues samples are fixed by treatment with a reagent such as formalin, glutaraldehyde, methanol, or the like.
  • a reagent such as formalin, glutaraldehyde, methanol, or the like.
  • the samples are then incubated with an antibody, preferably a monoclonal antibody, with binding specificity for the marker polypeptides.
  • This antibody may be conjugated to a Label for subsequent detection of binding, samples are incubated for a time Sufficient for formation of the immunocornplexes. Binding of the antibody is then detected by virtue of a Label conjugated to this antibody.
  • a second labeled antibody may be employed, e.g., which is specific for the isotype of the anti-marker polypeptide antibody. Examples of labels which may be employed include radionuclides, fluorescence, chemoluminescence, and enzymes.
  • the Substrate for the enzyme may be added to the samples to provide a colored or fluorescent product.
  • suitable enzymes for use in conjugates include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, malate dehydrogenase and the like. Where not commercially available, such antibody-enzyme conjugates are readily produced by techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • the assay is performed as a dot blot assay.
  • the dot blot assay finds particular application where tissue samples are employed as it allows determination of the average amount of the marker polypeptide associated with a Single cell by correlating the amount of marker polypeptide in a cell-free extract produced from a predetermined number of cells.
  • the invention contemplates using a panel of antibodies which are generated against the marker polypeptides of this invention, which polypeptides are encoded by any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65.
  • a panel of antibodies may be used as a reliable diagnostic probe for breast cancer.
  • the assay of the present invention comprises contacting a biopsy sample containing cells, e.g., macrophages, with a panel of antibodies to one or more of the encoded products to determine the presence or absence of the marker polypeptides.
  • the diagnostic methods of the subject invention may also be employed as follow-up to treatment, e.g., quantification of the level of marker polypeptides may be indicative of the effectiveness of current or previously employed therapies for malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular as well as the effect of these therapies upon patient prognosis.
  • the diagnostic assays described above can be adapted to be used as prognostic assays, as well.
  • Such an application takes advantage of the sensitivity of the assays of the Invention to events which take place at characteristic stages in the progression of plaque generation in case of malignant neoplasia.
  • a given marker gene may be up- or down-regulated at a very early stage, perhaps before the cell is developing into a foam cell, while another marker gene may be characteristically up or down regulated only at a much later stage.
  • Such a method could involve the steps of contacting the mRNA of a test cell with a polynucleotide probe derived from a given marker polynucleotide which is expressed at different characteristic levels in breast cancer tissue cells at different stages of malignant neoplasia progression, and determining the approximate amount of hybridization of the probe to the mRNA of the cell, such amount being an indication of the level of expression of the gene in the cell, and thus an indication of the stage of disease progression of the cell; alternatively, the assay can be carried out with an antibody specific for the gene product of the given marker polynucleotide, contacted with the proteins of the test cell.
  • a battery of such tests will disclose not only the existence of a certain neoplastic lesion, but also will allow the clinician to select the mode of freatment most appropriate for the disease, and to predict the likelihood of success of that treatment.
  • the methods of the invention can also be used to follow the clinical course of a given breast cancer predisposition.
  • the assay of the Invention can be applied to a blood sample from a patient; following treatment of the patient for BREAST CANCER, another blood sample is taken and the test repeated. Successful treatment will result in removal of demonstrate differential expression, characteristic of the breast cancer tissue cells, perhaps approaching or even su ⁇ assing normal levels.
  • the present invention provides a method for screening potentially therapeutic agents which modulate the activity of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides, such that if the activity of the polypeptide is increased as a result of the upregulation of the "BREAST CANCER GENE” in a subject having or at risk for malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular, the therapeutic substance will decrease the activity of the polypeptide relative to the activity of the some polypeptide in a subject not having or not at risk for malignant neoplasia or breast cancer in particular but not treated with the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent will increase the activity of the polypeptide relative to the activity of the same polypeptide in a subject not having or not at risk for malignant neoplasia or breast cancer in particular, but not treated with the therapeutic agent.
  • the activity of the "BREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptides indicated in Table 1 or 3 may be measured by any means known to those of skill in the art, and which are particular for the type of activity performed by the particular polypeptide. Examples of specific assays which may be used to measure the activity of particular polynucleotides are shown below.
  • Ion channels are integral membrane proteins involved in electrical signaling, transmembrane signal transduction, and electrolyte and solute transport. By forming macromolecular pores through the membrane lipid bilayer, ion channels account for the flow of specific ion species driven by the electrochemical potential gradient for the permeating ion. At the single molecule level, individual channels undergo conformational transitions ("gating") between the 'open' (ion conducting) and 'closed' (non conducting) state. Typical single channel openings last for a few milliseconds and result in elementary transmembrane currents in the range of 10 "9 - 10 "12 Ampere.
  • Channel gating is controlled by various chemical and/or biophysical parameters, such as neurotransmitters and infracellular second messengers ('ligand-gated' channels) or membrane potential ('voltage-gated 1 channels).
  • Ion channels are functionally characterized by their ion selectivity, gating properties, and regulation by hormones and pharmacological agents. Because of their central role in signaling and transport processes, ion channels present ideal targets for pharmacological therapeutics in various pathophysiological settings.
  • the "BREAST CANCER GENE” may encode an ion channel.
  • the present invention provides a method of screening potential activators or inhibitors of channels activity of the "BREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide. Screening for compounds interaction with ion channels to either inhibit or promote their activity can be based on (1.) binding and (2.) functional assays in living cells [Hille (74)].
  • assays can be designed detecting binding to the target by competition between the compound and a labeled ligand.
  • Ion channel function can be tested functionally in living cells. Target proteins are either expressed endogenously in appropriate reporter cells or are introduced recombinantly. Channel activity can be monitored by (2.1) concentration changes of the permeating ion (most prominently Ca 2+ ions), (2.2) by changes in the transmembrane electrical potential gradient, and (2.3) by measuring a cellular response (e.g. expression of a reporter gene, secretion of a neurotransmitter) triggered or modulated by the target activity.
  • V ra electrical membrane potential
  • DiBAC 4 (3) anionic oxonol dye
  • V m changes in membrane potential results in concomitant changes in cellular fluorescence.
  • changes in V m might be caused directly by the activity of the target ion channel or through amplification and/or prolongation of the signal by channels co-expressed in the same cell.
  • Target channel activity can cause cellular Ca 2+ entry either directly or through activation of additional Ca 2+ channel (see 2.1).
  • the resulting intracellular Ca 2+ signals regulate a variety of cellular responses, e.g. secretion or gene transcription. Therefore modulation of the target channel can be detected by monitoring secretion of a known hormone/transmitter from the target-expressing cell or through expression of a reporter gene (e.g. luciferase) controlled by an Ca 2+ -responsive promoter element (e.g. cyclic AMP/ Ca 2+ -responsive elements; CRE).
  • a reporter gene e.g. luciferase
  • an Ca 2+ -responsive promoter element e.g. cyclic AMP/ Ca 2+ -responsive elements; CRE
  • the "BREAST CANCER GENE” may encode a DNA-binding protein or a transcription factor.
  • the activity of such a DNA-binding protein or a transcription factor may be measured, for example, by a promoter assay which measures the ability of the DNA-binding protein or the transcription factor to initiate transcription of a test sequence linked to a particular promoter.
  • the present invention provides a method of screening test compounds for its ability to modulate the activity of such a DNA-binding protein or a transcription factor by measuring the changes in the expression of a test gene which is regulated by a promoter which is responsive to the transcription factor.
  • a promoter assay was set up with a human hepatocellular carcinoma cell HepG2 that was stably fransfected with a luciferase gene under the control of a gene of interest (e.g. thyroid hormone) regulated promoter.
  • the vector 2xIR01uc which was used for fransfection, carries a thyroid hormone responsive element (TRE) of two 12 bp inverted palindromes separated by an 8 bp spacer in front of a tk minimal promoter and the luciferase gene.
  • TRE thyroid hormone responsive element
  • Test cultures were seeded in 96 well plates in serum - free Eagle's Minimal Essential Medium supplemented with glutamine, tricine, sodium pyruvate, non - essential amino acids, insulin, selen, transferrin, and were cultivated in a humidified atmosphere at 10 % C0 2 at 37°C. After 48 hours of incubation serial dilutions of test compounds or reference compounds (L-T3, L-T4 e.g.) and co-stimulator if appropriate (final concentration 1 nM) were added to the cell cultures and incubation was continued for the optimal time (e.g. another 4-72 hours).
  • the cells were then lysed by addition of buffer containing Triton XI 00 and luciferin and the luminescence of luciferase induced by T3 or other compounds was measured in a luminometer. For each concenfration of a test compound replicates of 4 were tested. EC 50 - values for each test compound were calculated by use of the Graph Pad Prism Scientific software.
  • the invention provides assays for screening test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of a contBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotide.
  • a test compound preferably binds to a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide or polynucleotide. More preferably, a test compound decreases or increases greetBREAST CANCER GENE” activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence of the test compound.
  • Test compounds can be pharmacological agents already known in the art or can be compounds previously unknown to have any pharmacological activity.
  • the compounds can be naturally occurring or designed in the laboratory. They can be isolated from microorganisms, animals, or plants, and can be produced recombinant, or synthesised by chemical methods known in the art. If desired, test compounds can be obtained using any of the numerous combinatorial library methods known in the art, including but not limited to, biological libraries, spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries, synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution, the one- bead one-compound library method, and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • the biological library approach is limited to polypeptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to polypeptide, non-peptide oligomer, or small molecule libraries of compounds. [For review see Lam, 1997, (59)].
  • Test compounds can be screened for the ability to bind to conjunctionBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides or polynucleotides or to affect remindBREAST CANCER GENE” activity or motifBREAST CANCER GENE” expression using high throughput screening.
  • high throughput screening many discrete compounds can be tested in parallel so that large numbers of test compounds can be quickly screened.
  • the most widely established techniques utilize 96-well, 384-well or 1536-well microtiter plates. The wells of the microtiter plates typically require assay volumes that range from 5 to 500 ⁇ l.
  • many instruments, materials, pipettors, robotics, plate washers, and plate readers are commercially available to fit the microwell formats.
  • free format assays or assays that have no physical barrier between samples, can be used.
  • an assay using pigment cells (melanocytes) in a simple homogeneous assay for combinatorial peptide libraries is described by Jayawickreme et al., (66).
  • the cells are placed under -agarose in culture dishes, then beads that carry combinatorial compounds are placed on the surface of the agarose.
  • the combinatorial compounds are partially released the compounds from the beads.
  • Active compounds can be visualised as dark pigment areas because, as the compounds diffuse locally into the gel matrix, the active compounds cause the cells to change colors.
  • Chelsky placed a simple homogenous enzyme assay for carbonic anhydrase inside an agarose gel such that the enzyme in the gel would cause a color change throughout the gel. Thereafter, beads carrying combinatorial compounds via a photolinker were placed inside the gel and the compounds were partially released by UV light. Compounds that inhibited the enzyme were observed as local zones of inhibition having less color change.
  • combinatorial libraries were screened for compounds that had cytotoxic effects on cancer cells growing in agar [Salmon et al., 1996, (68)].
  • test samples are placed in a porous matrix.
  • One or more assay components are then placed within, on top of, or at the bottom of a matrix such as a gel, a plastic sheet, a filter, or other form of easily manipulated solid support.
  • a matrix such as a gel, a plastic sheet, a filter, or other form of easily manipulated solid support.
  • the test compound is preferably a small molecule which binds to and occupies, for example, the ATP/GTP binding site of the enzyme or the active site of a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, such that normal biological activity is prevented.
  • small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules.
  • either the test compound or a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase. Detection of a test compound which is bound to a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can then be accomplished, for example, by direct counting of radioemmission, by scintillation counting, or by determining conversion of an appropriate substrate to a detectable product.
  • a detectable label such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase.
  • binding of a test compound to a contemporaryBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be determined without labeling either of the interactants.
  • a microphysiometer can be used to detect binding of a test compound with a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
  • a microphysiometer e.g., CytosensorJ
  • a microphysiometer is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a test compound and a repetBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide [McConnell et al., 1992, (69)].
  • BIA Bimolecular Interaction Analysis
  • a contunt protein in yet another aspect of the invention, can be used as a "bait protein" in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay [see, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,283,317; Brent WO 94/10300], to identify other proteins which bind to or interact with the deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide and modulate its activity.
  • the two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most franscription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains.
  • the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs.
  • polynucleotide encoding a repetBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be fused to a polynucleotide encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL4).
  • a DNA sequence that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey" or "sample” can be fused to a polynucleotide that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor.
  • the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ), which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected, and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the DNA sequence encoding the protein which interacts with the fauxBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
  • a reporter gene e.g., LacZ
  • either a dinBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or the test compound can be bound to a solid support.
  • Suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass or plastic slides, tissue culture plates, microtiter wells, tubes, silicon chips, or particles such as beads (including, but not limited to, latex, polystyrene, or glass beads).
  • Any method known in the art can be used to attach a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound to a solid support, including use of covalent and non-covalent linkages, passive abso ⁇ tion, or pairs of binding moieties attached respectively to the polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound and the solid support.
  • Test compounds are preferably bound to the solid support in an array, so that the location of individual test compounds can be tracked. Binding of a test compound to a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and microcentrifuge tubes.
  • a facedBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is a fusion protein comprising a domain that allows theticianBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide to be bound to a solid support.
  • glutathione S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and the nonadsorbed conductingBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide; the mixture is then incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH).
  • Binding of the interactants can be determined either directly or indirectly, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the solid support before binding is determined.
  • Biotinylated tooBREAST CANCER GENE polypeptides (or polynucleotides) or test compounds can be prepared from biotin NHS (N-hydroxysuccinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, HI.) and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).
  • antibodies which specifically bind to a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, polynucleotide, or a test compound, but which do not interfere with a desired binding site, such as the ATP/GTP binding site or the active site of the deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be derivatised to the wells of the plate. Unbound target or protein can be trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
  • Methods for detecting such complexes include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies which specifically bind to a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or test compound, enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an activity of a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide, and SDS gel electrophoresis under non-reducing conditions.
  • Any cell which comprises a contBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide or polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system.
  • a abruptBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Binding of the test compound to a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or polynucleotide is determined as described above.
  • test compounds which increase or decrease felicitBREAST CANCER GENE" expression are identified.
  • a pointedBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide is contacted with a test compound in an approriate expression test system as described below or in a cell system, and the expression of an RNA or polypeptide product of the deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotide is determined.
  • the level of expression of appropriate mRNA or polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is compared to the level of expression of mRNA or polypeptide in the absence of the test compound.
  • the test compound can then be identified as a modulator of expression based on this comparison.
  • test compound when expression of mRNA or polypeptide is greater in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as a stimulator or enhancer of the mRNA or polypeptide expression.
  • test compound when expression of the mRNA or polypeptide is less in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of the mRNA or polypeptide expression.
  • the level of convenientlyBREAST CANCER GENE" mRNA or polypeptide expression in the cells can be determined by methods well known in the art for detecting mRNA or polypeptide. Either qualitative or quantitative methods can be used.
  • the presence of polypeptide products of a contBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be determined, for example, using a variety of techniques known in the art, including immunochemical methods such as radioimmunoassay, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry.
  • polypeptide synthesis can be determined in vivo, in a cell culture, or in an in vitro translation system by detecting inco ⁇ oration of labeled amino acids into a deliberatelyBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
  • Such screening can be carried out either in a cell-free assay system or in an intact cell.
  • Any cell which expresses a contBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system.
  • a abruptBREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above.
  • Either a primary culture or an established cell line, such as CHO or human embryonic kidney 293 cells, can be used.
  • Genes or gene fragments identified through genomics can readily be expressed in one or more heterologous expression systems to produce functional recombinant proteins. These proteins are characterized in vitro for their biochemical properties and then used as tools in high- throughput molecular screening programs to identify chemical modulators of their biochemical activities. Modulators of target gene expression or protein activity can be identified in this manner and subsequently tested in cellular and in vivo disease models for therapeutic activity. Optimization - of lead compounds with iterative testing in biological models and detailed pharmacokinetic and toxicological analyses form the basis for drug development and subsequent testing in humans.
  • This invention further pertains to the use of novel agents identified by the screening assays described above. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to use a test compound identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model.
  • an agent identified as described herein e.g., a modulating agent, an antisense polynucleotide molecule, a specific antibody, ribozyme, or a human StammBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide binding molecule
  • an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent.
  • an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent.
  • this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above described screening assays for treatments as described herein.
  • a reagent which affects humanußBREAST CANCER GENE” activity can be administered to a human cell, either in vitro or in vivo, to reduce or increase humanußBREAST CANCER GENE" activity.
  • the reagent preferably binds to an expression product of a humanußBREAST CANCER GENE". If the expression product is a protein, the reagent is preferably an antibody.
  • an antibody can be added to a preparation of stem cells which have been removed from the body. The cells can then be replaced in the same or another human body, with or without clonal propagation, as is known in the art.
  • the reagent is delivered using a liposome.
  • the liposome is stable in the animal into which it has been administered for at least about 30 minutes, more preferably for at least about 1 hour, and even more preferably for at least about 24 hours.
  • a liposome comprises a lipid composition that is capable of targeting a reagent, particularly a polynucleotide, to a particular site in an animal, such as a human.
  • the lipid composition of the liposome is capable of targeting to a specific organ of an animal, such as the lung, liver, spleen, heart brain, lymph nodes, and skin.
  • a liposome useful in the present invention comprises a lipid composition that is capable of fusing with the plasma membrane of the targeted cell to deliver its contents to the cell.
  • the transfection efficiency of a liposome is about 0.5 ⁇ g of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 10 6 cells, more preferably about 1.0 ⁇ g of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 10 6 cells, and even more preferably about 2.0 ⁇ g of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 10 6 cells.
  • a liposome is between about 100 and 500 nm, more preferably between about 150 and 450 nm, and even more preferably between about 200 and 400 nm in diameter.
  • Suitable liposomes for use in the present invention include those liposomes usually used in, for example, gene delivery methods known to those of skill in the art. More preferred liposomes include liposomes having a polycationic lipid composition and/or liposomes having a cholesterol backbone conjugated to polyethylene glycol.
  • a liposome comprises a compound capable of targeting the liposome to a particular cell type, such as a cell-specific ligand exposed on the outer surface of the liposome.
  • a liposome with a reagent such as an antisense oligonucleotide or ribozyme can be achieved using methods which are standard in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent 5,705,151).
  • a reagent such as an antisense oligonucleotide or ribozyme
  • from about 0.1 ⁇ g to about 10 ⁇ g of polynucleotide is combined with about 8 nmol of liposomes, more preferably from about 0.5 ⁇ g to about 5 ⁇ g of polynucleotides are combined with about 8 nmol liposomes, and even more preferably about 1.0 ⁇ g of polynucleotides is combined with about 8 nmol liposomes.
  • antibodies can be delivered to specific tissues in vivo using receptor- mediated targeted delivery.
  • Receptor-mediated DNA delivery techniques are taught in, for example, Findeis et al., 1993, (71); Chiou et al., 1994, (72)].
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient which increases or decreases humanußBREAST CANCER GENE" activity relative to the humanußBREAST CANCER GENE” activity which occurs in the absence of the therapeutically effective dose.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs.
  • the animal model also can be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity e.g., ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) and LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population), can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, LD 50 /ED 50 .
  • compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies is used in formulating a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
  • the exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject that requires treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active ingredient or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which can be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions can be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts can vary from 0.1 to 100,000 micrograms, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be .specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc.
  • polynucleotides encoding the antibody can be constructed and introduced into a cell either ex vivo or in vivo using well-established techniques including, but not limited to, transferrin-polycation-mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome-mediated cellular fusion, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, a gene gun, and DEAE- or calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
  • Effective in vivo dosages of an antibody are in the range of about 5 ⁇ g to about 50 ⁇ g/kg, about 50 ⁇ g to about 5 mg/kg, about 100 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g kg of patient body weight, and about 200 to about 250 ⁇ g/kg of patient body weight.
  • effective in vivo dosages are in the range of about 100 ng to about 200 ng, 500 ng to about 50 mg, about 1 ⁇ g to about 2 mg, about 5 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g, and about 20 ⁇ g to about 100 ⁇ g of DNA.
  • the reagent is preferably an antisense oligonucleotide or a ribozyme.
  • Polynucleotides which express antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes can be introduced into cells by a variety of methods, as described above.
  • a reagent reduces expression of a facedBREAST CANCER GENE" gene or the activity of a "BREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence of the reagent.
  • the effectiveness of the mechanism chosen to decrease the level of expression of a contBREAST CANCER GENE" gene or the activity of a contBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide can be assessed using methods well known in the art, such as hybridization of nucleotide probes to redesignBREAST CANCER GENE”- specific mRNA, quantitative RT-PCR, immunologic detection of a contBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide, or measurement of convenientlyBREAST CANCER GENE” activity.
  • any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents.
  • Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy can be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents can act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • any of the therapeutic methods described above can be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, birds and mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, pigs, sheep, goats, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
  • All patents and patent applications cited in this disclosure are expressly inco ⁇ orated herein by reference. The above disclosure generally describes the present invention. A more complete understanding can be obtained by reference to the following specific examples which are provided for pu ⁇ oses of illustration only and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
  • compositions of the invention can comprise, for example, a regularlyBREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, thoughBREAST CANCER GENE” polynucleotide, ribozymes or antisense oligonucleotides, antibodies which specifically bind to a réelleBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide, or mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of a perennialBREAST CANCER GENE” polypeptide activity.
  • compositions can be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as stabilizing compound, which can be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier, including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water.
  • agent such as stabilizing compound
  • the compositions can be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drugs or hormones.
  • compositions of the invention can be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, infravenous, intramuscular, infraarterial, inframeduUary, infrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, parenteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
  • compositions for oral use can be obtained through combination of active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • suitable excipients are carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; gums including arabic and tragacanth; and proteins such as gelatin and collagen.
  • disintegrating or solubilizing agents can be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, alginic acid, or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores can be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which also can contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • suitable coatings such as concentrated sugar solutions, which also can contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage.
  • Push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with a filler or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds can be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration can be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions can contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or friglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers also can be used for delivery.
  • the suspension also can contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
  • compositions of the present invention can be manufactured in a manner that is known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be provided as a salt and can be formed with many acids, including but not limited to, hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc. Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents than are the corresponding free base forms.
  • the preferred preparation can be a lyophilized powder which can contain any or all of the following: 150 mM histidine, 0.1%2% sucrose, and 27% mannitol, at a pH range of 4.5 to 5.5, that is combined with buffer prior to use. Further details on techniques for formulation and administration can be found in the latest edition of REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (73). After pharmaceutical compositions have been prepared, they can be placed in an appropriate container and labeled for freatment of an indicated condition. Such labeling would include amount, frequency, and method of administration.
  • One strategy for identifying genes that are involved in breast cancer is to detect genes that are expressed differentially under conditions associated with the disease versus non-disease or in the context of therapy response conditions.
  • the sub-sections below describe a number of experimental systems which can be used to detect such differentially expressed genes.
  • these experimental systems include at least one experimental condition in which subjects or samples are freated in a manner associated with breast cancer, in addition to at least one experimental confrol condition lacking such disease associated freatment or does not respond to such freatment.
  • Differentially expressed genes are detected, as described below, by comparing the pattern of gene expression between the experimental and control conditions.
  • differentially expressed genes represent genes which are differentially expressed in breast cancer conditions relative to their expression in normal, or non-breast cancer conditions or upon experimental manipulation based on clinical observations.
  • differentially expressed genes represent "target” and/or “marker” genes.
  • Methods for the further characterization of such differentially expressed genes, and for their identification as target and or marker genes, are presented below.
  • a differentially expressed gene may have its expression modulated, i.e., quantitatively increased or decreased, in normal versus breast cancer states, or under control versus experimental conditions.
  • the degree to which expression differs in normal versus breast cancer or confrol versus experimental states need only be large enough to be visualized via standard characterization techniques, such as, for example, the differential display technique described below.
  • standard characterization techniques such as, for example, the differential display technique described below.
  • Other such standard characterization techniques by which expression differences may be visualized include but are not limited to quantitative RT-PCR and Northern analyses, which are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • neoadjuvant epirubicin/cyclophosphamide EC
  • epirubicin/taxol Table 4
  • the neoadjuvant chemotherapy consisted of epirubicin 90 mg m 2 day 1 in a short i.v. infusion, and cyclophosphamide 600 mg m 2 day 1 or taxol 175 mg m 2 day 1 short i.v. infusion.
  • the study requirements were that participants have an unfreated primary breast cancer disease that was amenable to serial core biopsies and that was going to be treated with EC or ET chemotherapy as the first therapeutic intervention prior to surgery.
  • Serial core biopsies of the primary tumor were performed prior to freatment and 24 hours post the initiation of the first course of the neoadjuvant chemotherapy.
  • the biopsies were obtained from a locally anesthetized region using Bard® MAGNUMTM Biopsy Instrument (C. R. Bard, Inc., Covington, U. S.) with Bard® Magnum biopsy needles (BIP GmbH, Tuerkenfeld, Germany).
  • the serial biopsies were taken from a distinct area of the tumor using a 90° angle and an additional skin entry site. This approach was taken to ensure a high percentage of tumor material within the sample. All biopsy samples were snap-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at -80°C until further processing.
  • RNA from tissue specimens was extracted by the guanidine-isothiocyanate method followed by phenol/chloroform extraction and DNase freatment using the recommended protocol for the AtlasTM Pure Total RNA Labeling System (BD Biosciences Clontech, Heidelberg, Germany).
  • primer pairs were checked for specificity by conventional PCR reactions and gel electrophoresis.
  • GAPDH was selected as a reference, since it was not differentially regulated in the samples analyzed.
  • the respective primer/probes are prepared by mixing 25 ⁇ l of the 100 ⁇ M stock solution "Upper Primer", 25 ⁇ l of the 100 ⁇ M stock solution "Lower Primer” with 12,5 ⁇ l of the 100 ⁇ M stock solution TaqMan-probe (FAM/Tamra) and adjusted to 500 ⁇ l with aqua dest (Primer/probe-mix).
  • cDNA of the patient samples were mixed with 8,75 ⁇ l nuclease-free water and added to one well of a 96 Well- Optical Reaction Plate (Applied Biosystems Part No. 4306737). 1,5 ⁇ l of the Primer/Probe-mix described above, 12,5 ⁇ l Taq Man Universal-PCR-mix (2x) (Applied Biosystems Part No. 4318157) and 1 ⁇ l Water are then added. The 96 well plates are closed with 8 Caps/Strips (Applied Biosystems Part Number 4323032) and cenfrifuged for 3 minutes. Measurements of the PCR reaction are done according to the instructions of the manufacturer with a TaqMan 7900 HT from Applied Biosystems (No.
  • Expression profiling can bee carried out using the Affymetrix Array Technology.
  • Affymetrix Array Technology By hybridization of mRNA to such a DNA-array or DNA-Chip, it is possible to identify the expression value of each transcripts due to signal intensity at certain position of the array.
  • these DNA-arrays are produced by spotting of cDNA, oligonucleotides or subcloned DNA fragments.
  • Affymetrix technology app. 400.000 individual oligonucleotide sequences were synthesized on the surface of a silicon wafer at distinct positions. The minimal length of oligomers is 12 nucleotides, preferable 25 nucleotides or full length of the questioned transcript.
  • Expression profiling may also be carried out by hybridization to nylon or nifro-cellulose membrane bound DNA or oligonucleotides. Detection of signals derived from hybridization may be obtained by either colorimefric, fluorescent, electrochemical, electronic, optic or by radioactive readout. Detailed description of array construction have been mentioned above and in other patents cited.
  • RNA from tumor tissue which is suspected to contain such genomic alterations has to be compared to RNA extracted from benign tissue (e.g. epithelial breast tissue, or micro dissected ductal tissue) on the basis of expression profiles for the whole transcriptome.
  • RNA extraction and isolation from tumor or benign tissues, biopsies, cell isolates or cell containing body fluids can be performed by using TRIzol (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD) and Oligotex mRNA Midi kit (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany), and an ethanol precipitation step should be carried out to bring the concenfration to 1 mg/ml.
  • TRIzol Life Technologies, Rockville, MD
  • Oligotex mRNA Midi kit Qiagen, Hilden, Germany
  • the cDNA can be extracted with phenol/chloroform and precipitated with ethanol to a final concentration of lmg /ml.
  • cRNA can be synthesized using Enzo's (Enzo Diagnostics Inc., Farmingdale, NY) in vitro Transcription Kit. Within the same step the cRNA can be labeled with biotin nucleotides Bio-11-CTP and Bio- 16-UTP (Enzo Diagnostics Inc., Farmingdale, NY) .
  • fragmented cRNA After labeling and cleanup (Qiagen, Hilden (Germany) the cRNA then should be fragmented in an appropriated fragmentation buffer (e.g., 40 mM Tris-Acetate, pH 8.1, 100 mM KOAc, 30 mM MgOAc, for 35 minutes at 94 °C). As per the Affymetrix protocol, fragmented cRNA should be hybridized on the HG_U133 arrays A and B, comprising app. 40.000 probed transcripts each, for 24 hours at 60 ⁇ m in a 45 °C hybridization oven.
  • an appropriated fragmentation buffer e.g. 40 mM Tris-Acetate, pH 8.1, 100 mM KOAc, 30 mM MgOAc, for 35 minutes at 94 °C.
  • fragmented cRNA should be hybridized on the HG_U133 arrays A and B, comprising app. 40.000 probed transcripts each, for 24 hours at 60 ⁇ m in a 45
  • Hybridization step the chip surfaces have to be washed and stained with streptavidin phycoerythrin (SAPE; Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) in Affymetrix fluidics stations.
  • SAPE streptavidin phycoerythrin
  • a second labeling step can be introduced, which is recommended but not compulsive.
  • SAPE solution twice with an antistreptavidin biotinylated antibody.
  • Hybridization to the probe arrays may be detected by fluoromefric scanning (Hewlett Packard Gene Array Scanner; Hewlett Packard Co ⁇ oration, Palo Alto, CA).
  • microarray images can be analyzed for quality confrol, looking for major chip defects or abnormalities in hybridization signal. Therefor either Affymetrix GeneChip MAS 5.0 Software or other microarray image analysis software can be utilized. Primary data analysis should be carried out by software provided by the manufacturer..
  • the primary data have been analyzed by further bioinformatic tools and additional filter criteria.
  • the bioinformatic analysis is described in detail below.
  • Affymetrix measurement technique Affymetrix GeneChip Expression Analysis Manual, Santa Clara, CA
  • a single gene expression measurement on one chip yields the average difference value and the absolute call.
  • Each chip contains 16-20 oligonucleotide probe pairs per gene or cDNA clone. These probe pairs include perfectly matched sets and mismatched sets, both of which are necessary for the calculation of the average difference, or expression value, a measure of the intensity difference for each probe pair, calculated by subtracting the intensity of the mismatch from the intensity of the perfect match. This takes into consideration variability in hybridization among probe pairs and other hybridization artifacts that could affect the fluorescence intensities.
  • the average difference is a numeric value supposed to represent the expression value of that gene.
  • the absolute call can take the values 'A' (absent), 'M' (marginal), or 'P' (present) and denotes the quality of a single hybridization.
  • 'A' abent
  • 'M' marginal
  • 'P' present
  • the differential expression E in one of the breast cancer groups compared to the normal population is calculated as follows. Given n average difference values d l5 d 2 , ..., d n in the breast cancer population and m average difference values c 1; c 2 , ..., c m in the population of normal individuals, it is computed by the equation:
  • a gene is called up-regulated in breast cancer versus normal if E > minimal change factor given in Table 2 and if the number of absolute calls equal to 'P' in the breast cancer population is greater than n/2.
  • the minimal fold change factors in Table 3 are given for those patient populations responding to a given chemotherapy (CR), non responding to a administered chemotherapy (NC) or those tissues without any pathological signs of a tumor (NB).
  • Fold changes greater than 1 refers to an increase in gene expression in the first names tissue sample compared to the second.
  • This regulation factors are mean values and may differ individually, here the combined profiles of all 65 genes listed in Table 1 in a cluster analysis or a principle component analysis will indicate the classification group for such sample.
  • CS confidence score
  • the score of FC is 5 if the fold of change is 2 or more for up-regulated genes or 0.5 or less for down-regulated genes, it is 2 if fold change is more than 1.5 for up-regulated genes or less than 0.66 for down-regulated genes, it is -0.5 if the fold change is less than 1.5 or 0.66 or more for up- or down-regulated genes, respectively.
  • the EL score is determined on the basis of scaled intensity for each gene (Average intensity for each GeneChip is globally scaled to a target intensity of 100). Consequently, the EL score is set to 3 if the signal intensity is more than 10,000, 2 if the intensity is more than 500, 0 for genes with expression levels between 500 and 50, or -0.5 if the intensity is 50 or less.
  • the PC score is 5 if the gene is present (as defined by Affymetrix software) in all five samples, it is 4 if gene is present in four samples, 3 if the gene is present in three of five samples, 2 if the gene is present in at least two of five samples, it is 1 if the gene is present in only one of the four samples, or it is 0 if the gene is absent.
  • the maximum CS for any gene could be 35 based on this scoring. We considered a gene to be regulated under the chemotherapy freatment if the CS is 27 or greater.
  • Partitioning of all applicable samples post chemotherapy into a trainings set and a test set Within the trainings set samples are divided based on their clinical outcome (CR or NC) into two groups. Identification of all statistical significantly changed genes by student's t-test, or Welch test (p- values based on all 22.000 elements given in Table 2). Isolation of all genes with a p-value ⁇ 0.05 for both tests or a combined rank below 2200 (highest 10% fraction). Analysis of the same gene set in the paired pre chemotherapy samples for differential expression. Identification of those genes with no discriminative power in the pre-chem ⁇ samples. These genes describes biological processes based upon the action of a drug.
  • Support vector machines are well suited for two-class or multi-class pattern recognition (Vapnik, 1995 (76); Burges, 1998 (77).
  • the input vector dimension is equal to the number of different oligonucleotide types present on the oligonucleotide array or a subset hereof, and each input vector unit stands for the hybridization value of one specific oligonucleotide type.
  • the goal is to construct a binary classifier or derive a decision function from the available samples which has a small probability of misclassifying a future sample.
  • An SVM implements the following idea: it maps the input vectors ⁇ e R d
  • OS ⁇ Optimal Separating ⁇ ype ⁇ lane
  • mappings construct different SVMs.
  • the regularity parameter C (equation 3) controls the trade off between margin and misclassification error.
  • the x / are called Support Vectors only if the corresponding 0 4 > 0.
  • RBF Radial Basic Function
  • SVM For a given data set, only the kernel function and the regularity parameter C must be selected to specify one SVM.
  • An SVM has many attractive features. For instance, the solution of the QP problem is globally optimised while with neural networks the gradient based training algorithms only guarantee finding a local minima.
  • SVM can handle large feature spaces, can effectively avoid overfitting (see above) by controlling the margin, can automatically identify a small subset made up of informative points, i.e., the Support Vectors, etc.
  • the classification of biological sample and thereby the identification of an neoplastic lesion as well as the response of such lesion to therapeutic agents based on gene expression data is a multi- class classification problem.
  • the class number k is equal to the number tumor subcalsses (e.g. histological features, TNM stage, grade, hormonal status) and is equal to response subgroupe to a certain therapeutic agent (e.g. pathologicaly confirmed complete remission, good remission, partial remission, or no remission, as well as progressive disease) which shall be predicted, i.e., which are present in the training data set. Due to the limited number of different classes in the present sample set, we decided to handle the multi-class classification by reducing the multi-classification to a series of binary classifications.
  • Each data point generated by a microarray hybridization experiment or by real time RT-PCR corresponds to and is determined by the number of mRNA copies present in the analysed sample, i.e., from an experiment with n oligonucleotide types on a polynucleotide array, a series of n expression-level values is obtained. These n values are typically stored in a metrics file which is the result of the analysis of a "eel file" by the Affymetrix® Microarray Suite or software described above.
  • Response indicated with X refers to five test set samples that have been analyzed and their response has been predicted as shown. In one patient sample (P39jpost) the prediction lead to a new class PR (partial response) while all other samples had been classified correctly.
  • Table 1 List of 65 genes which are differentially expressed in responders compared to non-responders or normal healthy tissue. Reference is given to the SEQ ID NOs of the sequence listing.
  • Table 2 Relative expression of 65 genes in complete responders as compared to non-responders and normal tissue. (CR - complete responder to therapy; NC - no change in tumor state; NT - normal healthy tissue)
  • Table 3 51 genes differentially expressed in complete responders as compared to non- responders identified by PCA and PLS-DA.
  • Table 4 Clinical information on paired (pre/post) patient samples analyzed.
  • ER and PgR status were determined by immunohistochemistry. 1 - positive (>7fmol/mg protem); 0 - negative ( ⁇ 7fmol/mg protein).

Abstract

The invention provides novel compositions, methods and uses, for the prediction, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer. The invention further relates to genes that are differentially expressed in breast tissue of breast cancer patients versus those of normal 'healthy' tissue. Differentially expressed genes for the identification of patients which are likely to respond to chemotherapy are also provided.

Description

Methods FOR predicting and Monitoring response to cancer Therapy
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to methods and compositions for the prediction of therapy outcome (e.g. tumor response to therapy), diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of neoplastic diseases. The methods of the invention are based on determination of expression levels of 65 human genes which are differentially expressed after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy.
The methods and compositions of the invention are most useful in the investigation of breast cancers but are useful in the investigation of other types of cancers as well.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION AND PRIOR ART
Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States after cardiovascular disease. One in three Americans will develop cancer in his or her lifetime, and one of every four Americans will die of cancer. More specifically breast cancer claims the lives of approximately 40,000 women and is diagnosed in approximately 200,000 women annually in the United States alone. Tumors in general are classified based on different parameters, such as tumor size, invasion status, involvement of lymph notes, metastasis, histolopathology, imunohistochemical markers, and molecular markers (WHO. International Classification of diseases (1); Sabin and Wittekind, 1997 (2))-
It is a well established fact, that adjuvant systematic treatment after surgery reduces the risk of disease relapse and death in patients with primary operable breast cancer. As an alternative therapeutic concept neoadjuvant or primary systemic therapy (PST) can be offered to those patients with either larger inoperable breast cancers or to patients interested in breast conserving surgery (91). The PST in general do not offer a survival advantage over standard adjuvant treatment, but may identify patients with a pathologically confirmed complete response (CR). This clinical response to PST is associated with improved survival (92) and reflects a great benefit to app.14% of the PST treated patients. Studies elaborating PST have demonstrated that early gene expression changes are significantly associated with clinical response (94). The identification of those patients who won't benefit from a once administered PST (given combination of chemotherapeutics) after the first round of treatment (e.g. few hours post i.v. application of the drug) will give the opportunity to change regimen for patients health improvement.
In general, all patients of a given cohort do receive the same treatment, even though many will fail in treatment success. Bio-markers reflecting the tumor response can function as sensitive short- term surrogates of long-term outcome. The use of such bio-markers will make chemotherapy more effective for the individual patient and will allow to change regimen early in case of the non responding tumors.
Although much effort has been made to develop an optimal clinical treatment course for an individual patient with breast cancer, only little progress could be achieved predicting the individual's response to a certain therapy. Such predictions are usually based on standard clinical parameters such as tumor stage and grade, estrogen (ER) and progesterone (PgR) receptors' status, growth rate, over-expression of the HER2/neu and p53 oncogenes (78). However, evidences about association of ER and/or PgR gene expression with outcome prediction for adjuvant endocrine chemotherapy are still controversial. Studies have shown that levels of ER and PgR gene expression of breast cancer patients are of prognostic importance independently from a subsequent adjuvant chemotherapy. From the theoretical point of view, it is unexpected that the therapeutic response in patients with breast cancer might be independent from the ER/PgR status. It is more probable that the prognostic impact of receptors' expression depends on the impact of other parameters, for example of the ERBB2 receptor. It causes problems finding such factors using conventional biological techniques because all these analyses survey one gene at a time.
Researchers are increasingly focusing on the categorization of tumors based on the distinct expression of marker genes and the DNA microarray technology has been very useful for quantitative measurements of expression levels of thousands of genes simultaneously in one sample. So far this technology has been applied for the classification of cancer tissues e.g., breast tumors [(3), (79 - 83)], prediction of metastasis and patient's outcome [(4], (84 - 86)], and tumor response to chemotherapy [(87 - 90)].
But never the less Chemotherapy remains a mainstay in therapeutic regimens offered to patients with breast cancer, particularly those who have cancer that has metastasized from its site of origin [Perez, 1999, (5)]. There are several chemo-therapeutic agents that have demonstrated activity in the treatment of breast cancer and research is continuously in an attempt to determine optimal drugs and regimens. However, different patients tend to respond differently to the same therapeutic regimen. Currently, the individuals response to certain therapy can only be assessed statistically, based on data of former clinical studies. There are still a great number of patients who will not benefit from a systemic chemotherapy. Especially, breast cancers are very heterogeneous in their aggressiveness and treatment response. They contain different genetic mutations and variations affecting growths characteristic and sensitivity to several drugs. Identification of each tumor's molecular fingerprint, then, could help to segregate patients who have particularly aggressive tumors or who need to be treated with specific beneficial therapies. As research involving genetics and associated responses to treatment matures, standard practice will undoubtedly become more individualized, enabling physicians to provide specific treatment regimens matched with a tumor's genetic profiles to ensure optimal outcomes.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based on the unexpected finding, that 65 human genes are differentially expressed in neoplastic tissue after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy when compared to neoplastic tissue before the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy or to other reference expression levels. It was found that expression of each of the 65 genes was increased after the onset of chemotherapy in patients resonding to chemotherapy, whereas expression was decreased after the onset of chemotherapy in patients not responding to chemotherapy (or vice versa). Hence, the differential expression of one or several of the 65 genes after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy was found to provide valuable information on whether or not a patient is likely to respond to the mode of chemotherapy applied.
The present invention furthermore relates to the 65 human genes as such, which differentially expressed in neoplastic tissue after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy when compared to neoplastic tissue before the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy or other reference expression levels.
The present invention furthermore relates to methods of investigating the response of a patient to anti-cancer chemotherapy by determination of the differential expression of one or several genes of a group of 65 human genes, before and after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy in a patient. Said investigation of the response can be performed immediately after the onset of chemotherapy, at a stage in which other methods, such as measuring tumor size, can not yet provide the required information on the patient's response to chemotherapy.
Hence the current invention provides means to decide - shortly after the onset of anti-cancer chemotherapy - whether or not the applied mode of chemotherapy is likely to be beneficial to the patient's health and/or whether to maintain or change the applied mode of chemotherapy treatment.
The present invention relates to the identification of 65 human genes being differentially expressed in neoplastic tissue resulting in an altered clinical behavior of a neoplastic lesion. The differential expression of these 65 genes is not limited to a specific neoplastic lesion in a certain tissue of the human body.
Genes undergoing expressional changes as response to a chemotherapeutic agent, can serve further on as monitoring markers for the therapy and, if they do correlate with the clinical outcome, such genes may also work as efficacy biomarkers. In preferred embodiments of this invention the neoplastic lesion, of which these 65 genes are altered in their expression is a cancer of the human breast. This cancer is not limited to females and may also be diagnosed and analyzed in males.
The invention relates to various methods, reagents and kits for diagnosing, staging, prognosis, monitoring and therapy of breast cancer. "Breast cancer" as used herein includes carcinomas, (e.g., carcinoma in situ, invasive carcinoma, metastatic carcinoma) and pre-malignant conditions, neomorphic changes independent of their histological origin (e.g. ductal, lobular, medullary, mixed origin). The compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention comprise comparing the level of mRNA expression of a single or plurality (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) of genes (hereinafter "marker genes", listed in Table 1, SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65, the respective polypeptide sequences coded by them are numerated SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130, see also Table 1) in a patient sample, and the average level of expression of the marker gene(s) in a sample from a control subject (e.g., a human subject without breast cancer).
The invention relates further to various compositions, methods, reagents and kits, for prediction of clinically measurable tumor therapy response to a given breast cancer therapy. The compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention comprise comparing the level of mRNA expression of a single or plurality (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) of breast cancer marker genes in an unclassified patient sample, and the average level of expression of the marker gene(s) in a sample cohort comprising patient responding in different intensity to an administered breast cancer therapy. In preferred embodiments of this invention the specific expression of the marker genes can be utilized for discrimination of responders and non-responders to an anthracycline based (e.g. polychemotherapies with epirubicin or doxorubicin) chemo-therapeutic intervention.
In further preferred embodiments, the control level of mRNA expression is the average level of expression of the marker gene(s) in samples from several (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30 or 50) control subjects. These control subjects may also be affected by breast cancer and be classified by their clinical and not necessarily by their individual expression profile.
As elaborated below, a significant change in the level of expression of one or more of the marker genes (set of marker genes) in the patient sample relative to the control level provides significant information regarding the patient's breast cancer status and responsiveness to chemotherapy, hi the compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention the marker genes listed in Table 1 may also be used in combination with well known breast cancer marker genes (e.g. CEA, mammaglobin, or CA 15-3) According to the invention, the marker gene(s) and marker gene sets are selected such that the positive predictive value of the compositions, methods, and kits of the invention is at least about 10%, preferably about 25%, more preferably about 50% and most preferably about 90% of any of the following conditions: stage 0 breast cancer patients, stage I breast cancer patients, stage II breast cancer patients, stage III breast cancer patients, stage IV breast cancer patients, grade I breast cancer patients, grade II breast cancer patients, grade III breast cancer patients, malignant breast cancer patients, patients with primary carcinomas of the breast, and all other types of cancers, malignancies and transformations associated with the breast.
The detection of marker gene expression is not limited to the detection within a primary, secondary or metastatic lesion of breast cancer patients, and may also be detected in lymphnodes affected by breast cancer cells or minimal residual disease cells either locally deposited (e.g. bone marrow, liver, kidney) or freely floating throughout the patients body.
In one embodiment of the compositions, methods, reagents and kits of the present invention, the sample to be analyzed is tissue material from neoplastic lesion taken by aspiration or punctuation, excision or by any other surgical method leading to biopsy or resected cellular material. In one embodiment of the compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention, the sample comprises cells obtained from the patient. The cells may be found in a breast cell "smear" collected, for example, by a nipple aspiration, ductal lavarge, fine needle biopsy or from provoked or spontaneous nipple discharge. In another embodiment, the sample is a body fluid. Such fluids include, for example, blood fluids, lymph, ascitic fluids, gynecological fluids, or urine but not limited to these fluids.
In accordance with the compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention the determination of gene expression is not limited to any specific method or to the detection of mRNA. The presence and/or level of expression of the marker gene in a sample can be assessed, for example, by measuring and/or quantifying of:
1) a protein encoded by the marker gene in Table 1 (SEQ ID NO:l to 65) or a protein comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 or a polypeptide resulting from processing or degradation of the protein (e.g. using a reagent, such as an antibody, an antibody derivative, or an antibody fragment, which binds specifically with the protein or polypeptide)
2) a metabolite which is produced directly (i.e., catalyzed) or indirectly by a protein encoded by the marker gene in Table 1 (SEQ ID NO:l to 65) or by a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 3) a RNA transcript (e.g., mRNA, hnRNA) encoded by the marker gene in Table 1, or a fragment of the RNA transcript (e.g. by contacting a mixture of RNA transcripts obtained from the sample or cDNA prepared from the transcripts with a substrate having nucleic acid comprising a sequence of one or more of the marker genes listed within Table 1 fixed thereto at selected positions). The mRNA expression of these genes can be detected e.g. with DNA-microarrays as provided by Affymetrix Inc. or other manufacturers. U.S. Pat. No. 5,556,752. In a further embodiment the expression of these genes can be detected with bead based direct fluorescent readout techniques such as provided by Luminex Inc. PCT No. WO 97/14028.
In one aspect, the present invention provides a composition, method, and kit of assessing whether a patient is afflicted with breast cancer (e.g., new detection or "screening", detection of recurrence, reflex testing, especially in patients having an enhanced risk of developing breast cancer (e.g., patients having a familial history of breast cancer and patients identified as having a mutant oncogene). For this purpose the composition, method, and kit comprises comparing:
a) the level of expression of a single or plurality of marker genes in a patient sample, wherein at least one (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) of the marker genes is selected from the marker genes of Table 1 and
b) the normal level of expression of the marker gene in a control subject without breast cancer.
A significant increase as well as decrease in the level of expression of the selected marker genes (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) in the patient sample relative to each marker gene's normal level of expression is an indication that the patient is afflicted with breast cancer.
The composition, method, and kit of the present invention is also useful for prognosing the progression or the outcome of the malignant neoplasia. For this purpose the composition, method, and kit comprises comparing
a) the level of expression of a single or plurality of marker genes in a patient sample, wherein at least one (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) of the marker genes is selected from the marker genes of Table 1
b) a control pattern of expression of these marker genes. The composition, method, and kit of the present invention is particularly useful for identifying patients who will not respond to a certain chemotherapy. For this purpose the composition, method, and kit comprises comparing
a) the level of expression of a single or plurality of marker genes in a patient sample, wherein at least one (e.g. 2, 5, 10, or 50 or more) of the marker genes is selected from the marker genes of Table 1 and
b) the level of expression of the marker gene in a control subject. The control subject may either be not affected by breast cancer or be identified and classified by their clinical response to the particular chemotherapy.
In another aspect, the invention provides a composition, method, and kit of assessing the efficacy of a therapy for inhibiting breast cancer in a patient. This composition, method, and kit comprises comparing:
a) expression of a single or plurality of marker genes in a first sample obtained from the patient prior to any treatment of the patient, wherein at least one of the marker genes is selected from the marker genes listed within Table 1 and
b) expression of the marker gene in a second sample obtained from the patient following at least one dose of the therapy.
It will be appreciated that in this composition, method, and kit the "therapy" may be any therapy for treating breast cancer including, but not limited to, chemotherapy, anti-hormonal therapy, directed antibody therapy, radiation therapy and surgical removal of tissue, e.g., a breast tumor. Thus, the compositions, methods, and kits of the invention may be used to evaluate a patient before, during and after therapy, for example, to evaluate the reduction in tumor burden.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a composition, method, and kit for monitoring the progression of breast cancer in a patient. This composition, method, and kit comprising:
a) detecting in a patient sample at a first time point, the expression of a single or plurality of marker genes, wherein at least one of the marker genes is selected from the marker genes listed in Table 1
b) repeating step a) at a subsequent time point in time; and
c) comparing the level of expression of each marker gene detected in steps a) and b), and therefrom monitoring the progression of breast cancer in the patient. In another aspect, the invention provides a composition, method, and kit for in vitro selection of a therapy regime (e.g. the kind of chemotherapeutical argents) for inhibiting breast cancer in a patient. This composition, method, and kit comprises the steps of:
a) obtaining a sample comprising cancer cells from the patient;
b) separately maintaining aliquots of the sample in the presence of a diverse test compositions;
c) comparing expression of a single or plurality of marker genes, selected from the marker genes listed in Table 1;
in each of the aliquots; and
d) selecting one of the test compositions which induces a lower level of expression of genes from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 46 and/or a higher level of expression of genes from SEQ ID NO: 47 to 65 in the aliquot containing that test composition, relative to the level of expression of each marker gene in the aliquots containing the other test compositions.
The invention further provides a composition, method, and kit of assessing the carcinogenic potential of a certain biological or chemical compound. This composition, method, and kit comprises the steps of:
a) maintaining separate aliquots of breast cells in the presence and absence of the test compound; and
b) comparing expression of a singe or plurality of marker genes in each of the aliquots, wherein at least one of the genes is selected from the marker genes listed within Table 1, A significant increase in the level of expression of genes from SEQ ID NO:l to 46 and or a significant decrease of genes from SEQ ID NO 47 to 65 in the aliquot maintained in the presence of (or exposed to) the test compound, relative to the level of expression of each marker gene in the aliquot maintained in the absence of the test compound, is an indication that the test compound possesses breast carcinogenic potential.
The invention further provides a composition, method, and kit of treating a patient afflicted with breast cancer. This composition, method, and kit comprises providing to cells of the patient an antisense oligonucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide sequence of a marker gene listed within Table 1 The invention additionally provides a composition, method, and kit of inhibiting breast cancer cells in a patient at risk for developing breast cancer. This composition, method, and kit comprises inhibiting expression of a marker gene listed in Table 1.
hi yet another embodiment the invention provides compositions, methods, and kits of screening for agents which regulate the activity of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 . A test compound is contacted with the particular polypeptide. Binding of the test compound to the polypeptide is detected. A test compound which binds to the polypeptide is thereby identified as a potential therapeutic agent for the treatment of malignant neoplasia and more particularly breast cancer.
In even another embodiment the invention provides another composition, method, and kit of screening for agents which regulate the activity of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130. A test compound is contacted with the particular polypeptide . A biological activity mediated by the polypeptide is detected. A test compound which decreases the biological activity is thereby identified as a potential therapeutic agent for decreasing the activity of the particular polypeptide in malignant neoplasia and especially in breast cancer A test compound which increases the biological activity is thereby identified as a potential therapeutic agent for increasing the activity of the particular polypeptide in malignant neoplasia and especially in breast cancer.
The invention thus provides polypeptides selected from one of the polypeptides with SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 which can be used to identify compounds which may act, for example, as regulators or modulators such as agonists and antagonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists, activators, co- activators and inhibitors of the polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 Accordingly, the invention provides reagents and compositions, methods, and kits for regulating a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 in malignant neoplasia and more particularly breast cancer. The regulation can be an up- or down regulation. Reagents that modulate the expression, stability or amount of a polynucleotide listed in Table 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or the activity of the polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 can be a protein, a peptide, a peptidomimetic, a nucleic acid, a nucleic acid analogue (e.g. peptide nucleic acid, locked nucleic acid) or a small molecule. Compositions, methods, and kits that modulate the expression, stability or amount of a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 (listed in Table 1) or the activity of the polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (Table 1) can be gene replacement therapies, antisense, ribozyme and triplex nucleic acid approaches. The invention further provides a composition, method, and kit of making an isolated hybridoma which produces an antibody useful for assessing whether a patient is afflicted with breast cancer. The composition, method, and kit comprises isolating a protein encoded by a marker gene listed within Table 1 or a polypeptide fragment of the protein, immunizing a mammal using the isolated protein or polypeptide fragment, isolating splenocytes from the immunized mammal, fusing the isolated splenocytes with an immortalized cell line to form hybridomas, and screening individual hybridomas for production of an antibody which specifically binds with the protein or polypeptide fragment to isolate the hybridoma. The invention also includes an antibody produced by this method. Such antibodies specifically bind to a full-length or partial polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (listed in Table 1) for use in prediction, prevention, diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
Yet another embodiment of the invention is the use of a reagent which specifically binds to a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65or to a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (listed in Table l)in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
Still another embodiment is the use of a reagent that modulates the activity or stability of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 (Table 1) or the expression, amount or stability of a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 (Table 1) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
Still another embodiment of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition which includes a reagent which specifically binds to a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 (Table 1) or a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 166 to 130 , and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
A further embodiment of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polynucleotide including a sequence which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 and encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as given for the respective polynucleotide in Table 1, or encoding a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130. Pharmaceutical compositions, useful in the present invention may further include fusion proteins comprising a polypeptide comprising a polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65, or a fragment thereof, antibodies, or antibody fragments The invention also provides various kits. Such kit comprises reagents for assessing expression of a single or a plurality of genes selected from the marker genes listed in Table 1.
In one aspect, the invention provides a kit for assessing whether a patient is afflicted with breast cancer.
In another aspect, the invention provides a kit for assessing the suitability of each of a plurality of compounds for inhibiting a breast cancer in a patient. The kit comprises reagents for assessing expression of a marker gene listed within Table 1. The kit may also comprise a plurality of compounds.
In an additional aspect, the invention provides a kit for assessing the presence of breast cancer cells. This kit comprises an antibody, wherein the antibody binds specifically with a protein encoded by a marker gene listed within Table 1 or polypeptide fragment of the protein. The kit may also comprise a plurality of antibodies, wherein the plurality binds specifically with-the protein encoded by each marker gene of a marker gene set listed in Table 1.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides a kit for assessing the presence of breast cancer cells, wherein the kit comprises a nucleic acid probe. The probe hybridizes specifically with a RNA transcript of a marker gene listed within Table 1 or cDNA of the transcript. The kit may also comprise a plurality of probes, wherein each of the probes hybridizes specifically with a RNA transcript of one of the marker genes of a marker gene set listed in Table 2.
It will be appreciated that the compositions, methods, and kits of the present invention may also include known cancer marker genes including known breast cancer marker genes. It will further be appreciated that the compositions, methods, and kits may be used to identify cancers other than breast cancer.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions "Differential expression", or "expression" as used herein, refers to both quantitative as well as qualitative differences in the genes' expression patterns depending on differential development, different genetic background of tumor cells and/or reaction to the tissue environment of the tumor. Differentially expressed genes may represent "marker genes," and/or "target genes". The expression pattern of a differentially expressed gene disclosed herein may be utilized as part of a prognostic or diagnostic breast cancer evaluation. The term "pattern of expression" refers, e.g., to a determined level of gene expression compared either to a reference gene (e.g. housekeeper) or to a computed average expression value (e.g. in DNA-chip analyses). A pattern is not limited to the comparison of two genes but even more related to multiple comparisons of genes to a reference genes or samples. A certain "pattern of expression" may also result and be determined by comparison and measurement of several genes disclosed hereafter and display the relative abundance of these trascripts to each other.
Alternatively, a differentially expressed gene disclosed herein may be used in methods for identifying reagents and compounds and uses of these reagents and compounds for the treatment of breast cancer as well as methods of treatment. The differential regulation of the gene is not limited to a specific cancer cell type or clone, but rather displays the interplay of cancer cells, muscle cells, stromal cells, connective tissue cells, other epithelial cells, endothelial cells and blood vessesl as well as cells of the immune system (e.g. lymphocytes, macrophages, killer cells).
"Biological activity" or "bioactivity" or "activity" or "biological function", which are used interchangeably, herein mean an effector or antigenic function that is directly or indirectly performed by a polypeptide (whether in its native or denatured conformation), or by any fragment thereof in vivo or in vitro. Biological activities include but are not limited to binding to polypeptides, binding to other proteins or molecules, enzymatic activity, signal transduction, activity as a DNA binding protein, as a transcription regulator, ability to bind damaged DNA, etc. A bioactivity can be modulated by directly affecting the subject polypeptide. Alternatively, a bioactivity can be altered by modulating the level of the polypeptide, such as by modulating expression of the corresponding gene.
The term "marker" or "biomarker" refers a biological molecule, e.g., a nucleic acid, peptide, hormone, etc., whose presence or concentration can be detected and correlated with a known condition, such as a disease state.
The term "marker gene," as used herein, refers to a differentially expressed gene which expression pattern may be utilized as part of predictive, prognostic or diagnostic process in malignant neoplasia or breast cancer evaluation, or which, alternatively, may be used in methods for identifying compounds useful for the treatment or prevention of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular. A marker gene may also have the characteristics of a target gene.
"Target gene", as used herein, refers to a differentially expressed gene involved in breast cancer in a manner by which modulation of the level of target gene expression or of target gene product activity may act to ameliorate symptoms of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular. A target gene may also have the characteristics of a marker gene. The term "neoplastic lesion" or " neoplastic disease" or "neoplasia" refers to a cancerous tissue this includes carcinomas, (e.g., carcinoma in situ, invasive carcinoma, metastatic carcinoma) and pre-malignant conditions, neomorphic changes independent of their histological origin (e.g. ductal, lobular, medullary, mixed origin). The term "cancer" is not limited to any stage, grade, histomorphological feature, invasiveness, agressivity or malignancie of an affected tissue or cell aggregation. In particular stage 0 breast cancer, stage I breast cancer, stage II breast cancer, stage HI breast cancer, stage IV breast cancer, grade I breast cancer, grade II breast cancer, grade HI breast cancer, malignant breast cancer, primary carcinomas of the breast, and all other types of cancers, malignancies and transformations associated with the breast are included. The terms "neoplastic lesion" or " neoplastic disease" or "neoplasia" or "cancer" are not limited to any tissue or cell type they also include primary, secondary or metastatic lesion of cancer patients, and also comprises lymphnodes affected by cancer cells or minimal residual disease cells either locally deposited (e.g. bone marrow, liver, kidney) or freely floating throughout the patients body.
Furthermore, the term "characterizing the sate of a neoplastic disease" is related to, but not limited to, measurements and assessment of one or more of the following conditions: Type of tumor, histomorphological appearance, dependence on external signal (e.g. hormones, growth factors), invasiveness, motility, state by TNM (2) or similar, agressivity, malignancy, metastatic potential, and responsiveness to a given therapy.
The term "biological sample", as used herein, refers to a sample obtained from an organism or from components (e.g., cells) of an organism. The sample may be of any biological tissue or fluid.
Frequently the sample will be a "clinical sample" which is a sample derived from a patient. Such samples include, but are not limited to, sputum, blood, blood cells (e.g., white cells), tissue or fine needle biopsy samples, cell-containing bodyfluids, free floating nucleic acids, urine, peritoneal fluid, and pleural fluid, or cells therefrom. Biological samples may also include sections of tissues such as frozen or fixed sections taken for histological purposes. A biological sample to be analyzed is tissue material from neoplastic lesion taken by aspiration or punctuation, excision or by any other surgical method leading to biopsy or resected cellular material. Such biological sample may comprises cells obtained from a patient. The cells may be found in a breast cell "smear" collected, for example, by a nipple aspiration, ductal lavarge, fine needle biopsy or from provoked or spontaneous nipple discharge. In another embodiment, the sample is a body fluid. Such fluids include, for example, blood fluids, lymph, ascitic fluids, gynecological fluids, or urine but not limited to these fluids.
The term "therapy modality", "therapy mode", "regimen" or "chemo regimen" as well as "therapy regime" refers to a timely sequential or simultaneous administration of anti tumor, and/or immune stimulating, and or blood cell proliferative agents, and/or radation therapy, and/or hyperthermia, and/or hypothermia for cancer therapy. The administration of these can be performed in an adjuvant and/or neoadjuvant mode. The composition of such "protocol" may vary in dose of the single agent, timeframe of application and frequency of administration within a defined therapy window. Currently various combinations of various drugs and or physical methods, and various schedules are under investigation.
By "array" or "matrix" is meant an arrangement of addressable locations or "addresses" on a device. The locations can be arranged in two dimensional arrays, three dimensional arrays, or other matrix formats. The number of locations can range from several to at least hundreds of thousands. Most importantly, each location represents a totally independent reaction site. Arrays include but are not limited to nucleic acid arrays, protein arrays and antibody arrays. A "nucleic acid array" refers to an array containing nucleic acid probes, such as oligonucleotides, polynucleotides or larger portions of genes. The nucleic acid on the array is preferably single stranded. Arrays wherein the probes are oligonucleotides are referred to as "oligonucleotide arrays" or "oligonucleotide chips." A "microarray," herein also refers to a "biochip" or "biological chip", an array of regions having a density of discrete regions of at least about 100/cm2, and preferably at least about 1000/cm2. The regions in a microarray have typical dimensions, e.g., diameters, in the range of between about 10-250 μm, and are separated from other regions in the array by about the same distance. A "protein array" refers to an array containing polypeptide probes or protein probes which can be in native form or denatured. An "antibody array" refers to an array containing antibodies which include but are not limited to monoclonal antibodies (e.g. from a mouse), chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies or phage antibodies and single chain antibodies as well as fragments from antibodies.
The term "agonist", as used herein, is meant to refer to an agent that mimics or upregulates (e.g., potentiates or supplements) the bioactivity of a protein. An agonist can be a wild-type protein or derivative thereof having at least one bioactivity of the wild-type protein. An agonist can also be a compound that upregulates expression of a gene or which increases at least one bioactivity of a protein. An agonist can also be a compound which increases the interaction of a polypeptide with another molecule, e.g., a target peptide or nucleic acid.
The term "antagonist" as used herein is meant to refer to an agent that downregulates (e.g., suppresses or inhibits) at least one bioactivity of a protein. An antagonist can be a compound which inhibits or decreases the interaction between a protein and another molecule, e.g., a target peptide, a ligand or an enzyme substrate. An antagonist can also be a compound that downregulates expression of a gene or which reduces the amount of expressed protein present. "Small molecule" as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition, which has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD. Small molecules can be nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic (carbon- containing) or inorganic molecules. Many pharmaceutical companies have extensive libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, often fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, which can be screened with any of the assays of the invention to identify compounds that modulate a bioactivity.
The terms "modulated" or "modulation" or "regulated" or "regulation" and "differentially regulated" as used herein refer to both upregulation (i.e., activation or stimulation (e.g., by agonizing or potentiating) and down regulation [i.e., inhibition or suppression (e.g., by antagonizing, decreasing or inhibiting)].
"Transcriptional regulatory unit" refers to DNA sequences, such as initiation signals, enhancers, and promoters, which induce or control transcription of protein coding sequences with which they are operably linked. In preferred embodiments, transcription of one of the genes is under the control of a promoter sequence (or other transcriptional regulatory sequence) which controls the expression of the recombinant gene in a cell-type in which expression is intended. It will also be understood that the recombinant gene can be under the control of transcriptional regulatory sequences which are the same or which are different from those sequences which control transcription of the naturally occurring forms of the polypeptide.
The term "derivative" refers to the chemical modification of a polypeptide sequence, or a polynucleotide sequence. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide sequence can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, or amino group. A derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule. A derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived. The term "derivative" furthermore refers to phosphorylated forms of a polypeptide sequence or protein.
The term "nucleotide analog" refers to oligomers or polymers being at least in one feature different from naturally occurring nucleotides, oligonucleotides or polynucleotides, but exhibiting functional features of the respective naturally occurring nucleotides (e.g. base paring, hybridization, coding information) and that can be used for said compositions. The nucleotide analogs can consist of non-naturally occurring bases or polymer backbones, examples of which are LNAs, PNAs and Morpholinos. The nucleotide analog has at least one molecule different from its naturally occurring counterpart or equivalent. "BREAST CANCER GENES" or "BREAST CANCER GENE" as used herein refers to the polynucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l to 65 (listed in Table 1), as well as derivatives, fragments, analogs and homologues thereof, the polypeptides encoded thereby, (SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130, see Table 1) as well as derivatives, fragments, analogs and homologues thereof and the corresponding genomic transcription units which can be derived or identified with standard techniques well known in the art using the information disclosed in Tables 1 to 3 . The Genejname, and Reference Sequence of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 and the polypeptides of the SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 are shown in Table 1.
The term "chromosomal region" as used herein refers to a consecutive DNA stretch on a chromosome which can be defined by cytogenetic or other genetic markers such as e.g. restriction length polymorphisms (RFLPs), single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), expressed sequence tags (ESTs), sequence tagged sites (STSs), microsatellites, variable number of tandem repeats (VNTRs) and genes. Typically a chromosomal region consists of up to 2 Megabases (MB), up to 4 MB, up to 6 MB, up to 8 MB, up to 10 MB, up to 20 MB or even more MB.
The term "kit" as used herein refers to any manufacture (e.g. a diagnostic or research product) comprising at least one reagent, e.g. a probe, for specifically detecting the expression of at least one marker gene disclosed in the invention, in particular of those genes listed in Table 1, whereas the manufacture is being sold, distributed, and/or promoted as a unit for performing the methods of the present invention. Also reagents (e.g. immunoassays) to detect the presence, the stability, activity, complexity of the respective marker gene products comprising polypeptides selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 regard as components of the kit. In addition, any combination of nucleic acid and protein detection as disclosed in the invention are regard as a kit.
The present invention provides polynucleotide sequences and proteins encoded thereby, as well as probes derived from the polynucleotide sequences, antibodies directed to the encoded proteins, and predictive, preventive, diagnostic, prognostic and therapeutic uses for individuals which are at risk for or which have malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular. The sequences disclosure herein have been found to be differentially expressed in samples from breast cancer.
The present invention is based on the identification of 65 genes that are differentially regulated (up- or down regulated) in tumor biopsies of patients with clinical evidence of breast cancer.. The characterization of the co-expression of some of these genes provides newly identified roles in breast cancer. The gene names, the database accession numbers (Genename, Symbol and Reference Sequence) as well as the wputative or known functions of the encoded proteins are given in Table 1. The present invention relates to:
1. A method for investigating (preferably ex vivo) the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy, said method comprising the steps of
(i) determining, in a biopsy sample taken from a neoplastic lesion after the onset of a chemotherapy schedule, the expression level of at least 1, 5, 10, 20, 40, 65 genes comprised in the group of genes encoded by SEQ ID NO:l to SEQ ID NO: 65; and
(ii) comparing said expression level(s) with reference expression level(s), thereby investigating the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy.
The invention also relates to a method for investigating (preferably ex vivo) the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy, said method comprising the steps of
(i) determining, in a biopsy sample taken from a neoplastic lesion before the onset of a chemotherapy schedule, the expression level of at least 1, 5, 10, 20, 40, 65 genes comprised in the group of genes encoded by SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 65; and
(ii) comparing said expression level(s) with reference expression level(s), thereby investigating the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy.
2. A method for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy ex vivo, said method comprising the steps of
(i) subjecting a biopsy sample from a neoplastic lesion, before the onset of a chemotherapy schedule, to chemotherapy ex vivo; (ii) determining the expression level in said biopsy sample of at least 1, 5, 10, 20, 40, 65 genes, comprised in the group of genes encoded by SEQ ID NO:l to SEQ ID NO:65; and
(iii) comparing said expression level(s) with reference expression level(s); thereby investigating the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy ex vivo. Determination of an expression level can comprise a quantitatification of the expression level and/or a purely qualitative determination of the expression level. It is apparent to the person skilled in the art that, in order to determine the expression of a gene, parts and fragments of said gene can be used for the specific
The invention also relates to methods for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy as described above, wherein, however, in step (i) and (ii), patterns of expression levels are determined and compared. A "pattern of expression levels" of a single gene is to be understood as the expression level of said gene as determined by suitable methods.
The invention also relates to methods for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy as described above, wherein, however, sequences being homologues to the sequences according to SEQ ID NO:l to SEQ ID NO:65 are used. Preferred homologues have 80, 90, 95, or 99 % sequence identity towards the original sequence. Preferably the homologues still have the same biological activity and/or function as have the original molecules^
It is obvious to the person skilled in the art that a reference to a nucleotide sequence is meant to comprise the reference to the associated protein sequence which is coded by said nucleotide sequence.
"% identity" or "percentage of identity" of a first sequence towards a second sequence, within the meaning of the invention, means the % identity which is calculated as follows: First the optimal global alignment between the two sequences is determined with the CLUSTALW algorithm [Thomson JD, Higgins DG, Gibson TJ. 1994. ClustalW:
Improving the sensitivity of progressive multiple sequence alignment through sequence weighting, positions-specific gap penalties and weight matrix choice. Nucleic Acids Res., 22: 4673-4680], Version 1.8, applying the following command line syntax: ./clustalw - infile=./infile.txt -output= -outorder=aligned -pwmatrix=gonnet -pwdnamatrix=clustalw -pwgapopen=10.0 -pwgapext=0.1 -matrix=gonnet -gapoρen=10.0 -gapext=0.05 -gapdist=8
-hgapresidues=GPSNDQERK -maxdiv=40. Implementations of the CLUSTAL W algorithm are readily available at numerous sites on the internet, including, e.g., http://www.ebi.ac.uk. Thereafter, the number of matches in the alignment is determined by counting the number of identical nucleotides (or amino acid residues) in aligned positions. Finally, the total number of matches is divided by the number of nucleotides (or amino acid residues) of the longer of the two sequences, and multiplied by 100 to yield the % identity of the first sequence towards the second sequence. 3. A method of point 1 or 2 above, wherein said investigation of the response is a prediction of the likelihood of success of a chemotherapy.
4. A method of point 3 above, wherein the success of a chemotherapy is understood as being a reduction of tumor mass.
5. A method of any of points 1 to 4 above, wherein said neoplastic lesion is breast cancer or ovarian cancer.
6. A method of any of points 1 to 5 above, wherein said chemotherapy (i) acts on cell proliferation, and/or
(ii) acts on cell survival, and/or (iii) acts on cell motility.
7. A method of any of points 1 to 6 above, wherein said chemotherapy is an anthracycline based chemotherapy
8. A method of point 7 above, wherein said anthracycline based chemotherapy is an epirubicin or doxorubicin based chemotherapy.
9. A method of any of points 1 to 8 above, wherein a predictive algorithm is used.
Predictive algorithms, which are well known to a person skilled in the art of data analysis, are to be understood as being any kind of predictive algorithm known in the art. Preferred examples of such algorithms are, e.g., the SVM algorithm disclosed in Example 4, K- Nearest Neigbor Analysis or Linear Discriminant Analysis.
10. A method of point 9 above, wherein the predictive algorithm is
(i) a support vector machine algorithm, or
(ii) a k-nearest neighbour algorithm, or
(iii) a partial least discriminant algorithm.
11. A method of any of points 1 to 10, wherein the expression level is determined (i) with a hybridization based method, or
(ii) with a hybridization based method utilizing arrayed probes, or (iii) with a hybridization based method utilizing individually labeled probes, or
(iv) by real time PCR, or
(v) by assessing the expression of polypeptides, proteins or derivatives thereof, or
(vi) by assessing the amount of polypeptides, proteins or derivatives thereof.
12. Method of selecting an individually optimized anti-cancer therapy for a patient, said method comprising a method of claim 1 or 2 or 3.
The term "individualized cancer treatment" or "individualized optimized anti-cancer therapy" as used herein refers to the observation, that every person with cancer is markedly different from other patients with respect to the physical constitution of the patient as well as on the molecular repertoire of the cancer. Patients tumors differentially analyzed and molecular classified are then treated with individualized therapy based upon the type of treatment or combination of treatments which maximize the uptake of chemotherapy into the patient's cancer. This allows selection of individual patients that may need one type of chemotherapy or a different combination of chemotherapies. The schedule of administration, drug concentration, treatment sequence as well as addition of supportive interventions (e.g. immune stimmulation) may be reflected by such "individualized cancer treatment".
Experimental procedures and settings
The present invention relates to the identification of effects of epirubicin/cyclophosphamide (EC) or epirubicin/taxol (ET) treatment on gene expression in primary breast cancers at a timepoints post the first cycle of chemotherapeutic treatment and to the use of these expression patterns for identification of responding/non responding subj ects .
Cyclophosphamide and epirubicin are common therapeutics for advanced and metastatic breast cancer. Moreover, a therapeutic advantage of epirubicin is the higher cumulative dose at which the anthracycline-induced cardiotoxicity becomes clinically evident in contrast to the more frequently used doxorubicin (adriamycin) which deos fall into the same mode of action class. Taxanes have quickly been established as important chemotherapeutic agents in the armamentarium of drugs to treat breast cancer. Expression profiles of 25 pre- and post-treatment biopsy pairs have been obtained by low-density cDNA array (Clontech) and by the use of oligonucleotide microarrays (Affymetrix). Analyzing the data for 25 pairs by applying paired Students' t-test we found only few genes, to be stimulated equivocally in the breast tumors post-treatment. Several more genes were found to be up- and/or down-regulated after 24 hours of treatment in at least some of the patients analyzed. Partial least discriminant analysis (PLS-DA) and a step-down permutation approach were applied to the data sets to develop a discriminative minimal gene-set for future classifications. Based on app. 25 transcripts from the entire data set, PLS-DA is able to discriminate pre- and post-treatment samples.
Of 479 genes that were found to be up-regulated in post-treatment samples, the major functional categories included cytoskeleton/structural, such as collagens, elastin, filamin, fibroblasts factors and receptors, cell adhesion/extracellular matrix, as well as several growth arrest and DNA- damage-inducible proteins (e.g., GAS6, GADD45B). The inhibited genes could be sub-divided into several major groups, such as a group of ribosomal proteins, nucleotide and protein synthesis and processing, transcription factors, as well as some oncogenes (e.g., c-myc, K-ras, bcl-2).
A /c-means clustering analysis was performed to identify genes with expression similar to p21WAF1/CIP1 expression profiles
To identify those genes with therapy induced expression, profiles have been obtained for pre- and post-treatment breast cancer biopsy samples of 25 patients using Clontech Atlas™ Human Cancer 1.2 low-density cDNA array.
We used a hierarchical clustering algorithm [(65, 66)] to group 50 biopsy samples on the basis of their similarities measured over 249 genes being scored as expressed at the average level in at least six of the fifty samples. Based on these analyses the following abservations could be made: first, in more than 90% of the cases the pre- and post-therapy biopsy pairs were clustered together reflecting that expression patterns of tissue specimens obtained from the same tumor do show a more conserved expression pattern than one can observe due to the interindividual variance from another patient. Second, expression patterns varied significantly among different tumors. Third, tumor samples subdivide by hierarchical clustering into three major subclasses independent of their ER status, as presented in Table 4.
Expression data as analyzed by two dimensional gene clustering where those genes with similar expression levels are grouped together on the vertical axis and the tumor samples are clustered according to their global expression profiles on the horizontal axis.
The 249 quality checked and pre-selected genes did form discrete clusters of correlated gene expression. Genes in one cluster do reflect the expression of genes represented in endothelial cells and B lymphocytes, indicating possible lymphocytic infiltration into the tumor tissue. The second gene cluster, consists of oncogenes and growth factors such as MYC, VEGF, and MYB. Yet another cluster contains the genes v-erb-b2/HER2, keratin 19, 18, - also known to be descretely expressed in certain breast tumors. A fourth cluster includes a group of genes with a correlated 5. expression with p21WAF1 CIP1 and MIC1 (prostate differentiation factor). A fifth highlighted gene cluster, harbors genes involved cell cycle control and cellular proliferation. These five subgroups of genes do reflect the major expressional phenomena as a consequence of the affetion by the given drugs.
We additionally analyzed the gene expression of ten of the 25 paired breast cancer samples using0 hybridization of the extracted RNA to Affymetrix oligonucleotide microarray with 22,284 features. Aliquots of same total RNA, which have been previously used in experiments with Clontech arrays, were analyzed with Affymetrix arrays. Expression of 4,906 transcripts hybridizing to the chip surface was reliably detected in all biopsy samples; 15,122 transcripts could be detected in at least one of ten pairs; and 7,161 transcripts could not be detected according to the manufacturers5 analysis software MAS 5.0 and the quality control signal "absolute call" in any of the paired samples (see Example 4)
An unsupervised analysis of gene expression in the ten pre/post-treatment paired cancer biopsies based on a quality checked gene set of 6980 features of the total HG-133A GeneChip content was performed. The quality control and gene selection was based on signal intensity levels and reliable0 detection on the individual array.The hierarchical cluster algorithm ordered the pre- and post- treatment biopsies of all ten patients together without the previously observed. This may be due to the higher number of features used for this analysis in contrast to the 249 genes selected from the filter arrays. This higher coverage of genes and putatively of cellular mechanisms and pathways does give the higher rate of co-clustered sample pairs. 5 Identification of differentially expressed genes. A paired t-test was applied to identify transcripts, which were differentially expressed in pre- and post-treatment samples. After selection of 249 expressed genes, a group of 19 genes that frequently showed increased or decreased expression under EC or ET therapy was identified (Students' t-test O.05). Table 3 lists genes significantly differentially regulated in a number of paired samples within the first 24h of chemotherapy0 treatment with ratios >1.8 or <0.6 for both therapy arms. The range of fold changes for the regulated transcripts was broad, presumably reflecting variability among patients. Two genes, the cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1 (p21WAF1/CIP1) and prostate differentiation factor (MIC-1), were up-regulated in more than 95% of all samples post-treatment. Performing the same analysis with the expression data obtained with the Affymetrix GeneChip system to identify the treatment effects on gene expression, a group of 37 frequently regulated genes has been identified (Table 3) As also seen with the data obtained from hybridization to filter arrays the genes, p2lWAF1/CIP1 and MIC-1 were up-regulated most prominently in the post-treatment biopsy samples. However, the relative signal intensities detected for MIC-1 were lower with the Affymetrix system than by the Clontech arrays.
Unlikely to earlier publications that dealt with the prediction of patients' outcome, we aimed on the identification of genes whose expression levels will be changed immediately after the treatment without applying an additional information about the patients' response into analysis. For the present study we selected expression differences shortly after the initiation of the treatment. Important cellular processes, such as proliferation, DNA repair and apoptosis, often occur within up to 48 hours after chemotherapy exposure [(101, 102)].
Nevertheless, appropriate statistical analyses can identify genes, which are differentially expressed between prior and post therapy biopsies and do discriminate responding and non-responding tumors.
Biological relevance of the genes which are part of the invention
Some of the genes listed in Table 1 represent biological, cellular processes and are characterized by similar regulation of genes. By the way of illustration but limited to the following examples a few characteristic genes from Table 1 are described in later by greater detail:
ERCCl
ERCCl was so named for 'excision repair complementing defective repair in Chinese hamster.' Following DNA-mediated gene transfer into Chinese hamster ovary mutant cells that, like xeroderma pigmentosum cells, are sensitive to a variety of DNA damaging agents and are defective in the initial incision step of DNA repair. The resulting transformants exhibited normal resistance to DNA damaging agents and independent transformants demonstrated a common set of human DNA sequences associated with a human DNA repair gene. Homozygous mutant mice were runted at birth and died before weaning with liver failure. Elevated levels of p53 were detected in liver, brain and kidney, supporting the hypothesized role for p53 as a monitor of DNA damage. The ERCCl gene has not been found in association with any specific human disease and was only indirectly presumed to be essential. XPA, ERCCl, and ERCC4 are proteins form a ternary complex that participates in both damage recognition and incision activities. MSH6 (GTBP)
This mismatch-binding factor is part of the heterodimer of the 100-kD MSH2 and a 160-kD polypeptide called GTBP (for G/T binding protein). Sequence analysis identified GTBP as a new member of the MutS homolog family. Both proteins are required for mismatch-specific binding, a result consistent with the finding that tumor-derived cell lines devoid of either protein are also devoid of mismatch-binding activity. All homologs of the MutS proteins contain a highly conserved region of approximately 150 amino acids that encompasses a helix-turn-helix domain associated with an adenine nucleotide and magnesium binding motif, termed Walker-A motif. This part of the molecule has ATPase activity. The MSH2-MSH6 complex is 'on' (binds mismatched nucleotides) in the ADP-bound form and 'off in the ATP-bound form. Hydrolysis of ATP results in the recovery of mismatch binding, while ADP-to-ATP exchange results in mismatch dissociation. People found that BRCA1 is part of a large multisubunit protein complex of tumor suppressors, DNA damage sensors, and signal transducers. They named this complex BASC, for 'BRCA1- associated genome surveillance complex.'
Endometrial cancer is the most common gynecologic malignancy in the United States and the most frequent extracolonic tumor in hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer (HNPCC). Sporadic endometrial cancers exhibit microsatellite instability (MSI), usually associated with methylation of the MLH1 promoter. Germline MSH6 mutations, which are rare in HNPCC, have been reported in several families with multiple members affected with endometrial carcinoma. It is here proposed that the form of hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer due to mutations in MSH2 be referred to as type 1 (HNPCCl); that due to mutations in MLH1 be referred to as type 2 (HNPCC2); that due to mutations in PMS1 as type 3 (HNPCC3); that due to mutations in PMS2 as type 4 (HNPCC4); and that due to mutations in MSH6 (GTBP) as type 5 (HNPCC5).
DDB2
In human cells, efficient global genomic repair of DNA damage induced by ultraviolet radiation requires the p53 tumor suppressor. The DDB2 (p48) gene is required for expression of an ultraviolet radiation-damaged DNA-binding activity and is disrupted by mutations in the subset of xeroderma pigmentosum group E cells that lack this activity, DDB-negative XPE. p48 mRNA levels strongly depend on basal p53 expression and increase further after DNA damage in a p53- dependent manner. Furthermore, like p53 -/- cells, xeroderma pigmentosum group E cells are deficient in global genomic repair. These results identified p48 as a link between. p53 and the nucleotide excision-repair apparatus. Transfection of p48 conferred UV-DDB to hamster cells and enhanced removal of cyclobutane pyrimidine dimers (CPDs) from genomic DNA and from the nontranscribed strand of an expressed gene. Expression of p48 suppressed UV-induced mutations arising from the nontranscribed strand but had no effect on cellular UV sensitivity. The results defined the role of p48 in DNA repair, demonstrated the importance of CPDs in mutagenesis, and suggested how rodent models can be improved to better reflect cancer susceptibility in humans.
MGMT
0(6)-alkylguanine is the major mutagenic and carcinogenic lesion in DNA induced by simple alkylating mutagens because of its preference for pairing with thymine during DNA replication. This adduct in DNA is removed by a ubiquitous and unique repair protein, 0(6)-methylguanine- DNA methyltransferas (EC 2.1.1.63). This protein, unlike true enzymes, accepts the alkyl group from the lesion in a stoichiometric second-order reaction. The methyl-acceptor residue is cysteine.
The MGMT promoter in tumor DNA has been analyzed by a methylation-specific PCR assay to determine whether methylation of the MGMT promoter is related to the responsiveness of gliomas to alkylating agents. The MGMT promoter was methylated in gliomas from 19 of 47 patients (40%). This finding was associated with regression of the tumor and prolonged overall and disease-free survival. It was an independent and stronger prognostic factor than age, stage, tumor grade, or performance status.
Polynucleotides
A „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be single- or double-stranded and comprises a coding sequence or the complement of a coding sequence for a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. Degenerate nucleotide sequences encoding human „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides, as well as homologous nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, preferably about 75, 90, 96, or 98% identical to the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 also are „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides. Percent sequence identity between the sequences of two polynucleotides is determined using computer programs such as ALIGN which employ the FASTA algorithm, using an affine gap search with a gap open penalty of -12 and a gap extension penalty of -2. Complementary DNA (cDNA) molecules, species homologues, and variants of „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides which encode biologically active „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides also are „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides.
Preparation of Polynucleotides
A naturally occurring „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be isolated free of other cellular components such as membrane components, proteins, and lipids. Polynucleotides can be made by a cell and isolated using standard nucleic acid purification techniques, or synthesized using an amplification technique, such as the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or by using an automatic synthesizer. Methods for isolating polynucleotides are routine and are known in the art. Any such technique for obtaining a polynucleotide can be used to obtain isolated „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides. For example, restriction enzymes and probes can be used to isolate polynucleotide fragments which comprises „BREAST CANCER GENE" nucleotide sequences. Isolated polynucleotides are in preparations which are free or at least 70, 80, or 90% free of other molecules.
„BREAST CANCER GENE" cDNA molecules can be made with standard molecular biology techniques, using „BREAST CANCER GENE" mRNA as a template. Any RNA isolation technique which does not select against the isolation of mRNA may be utilized for the purification of such RNA samples. See, for example, Sambrook et al., 1989, (6); and Ausubel, F. M. et al., 1989, (7), both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Additionally, large numbers of tissue samples may readily be processed using techniques well known to those of skill in the art, such as, for example, the single-step RNA isolation process of Chomczynski, P. (1989, U.S. Pat. No. 4,843,155), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
„BREAST CANCER GENE" cDNA molecules can thereafter be replicated using molecular biology techniques known in the art and disclosed in manuals such as Sambrook et al., 1989, (6) . An amplification technique, such as PCR, can be used to obtain additional copies of polynucleotides of the invention, using either human genomic DNA or cDNA as a template.
Alternatively, synthetic chemistry techniques can be used to synthesizes „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides. The degeneracy of the genetic code allows alternate nucleotide sequences to be synthesized which will encode a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or a biologically active variant thereof.
Identification of differential expression
Transcripts within the collected RNA samples which represent RNA produced by differentially expressed genes may be identified by utilizing a variety of methods which are ell known to those of skill in the art. For example, differential screening [Tedder, T. F. et al., 1988, (8)], subtractive hybridization [Hedrick, S. M. et al., 1984, (9)] and, preferably, differential display (Liang, P., and Pardee, A. B., 1993, U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,311, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), may be utilized to identify polynucleotide sequences derived from genes that are differentially expressed.
Differential screening involves the duplicate screening of a cDNA library in which one copy of the library is screened with a total cell cDNA probe corresponding to the mRNA population of one cell type while a duplicate copy of the cDNA library is screened with a total cDNA probe corresponding to the mRNA population of a second cell type. For example, one cDNA probe may correspond to a total cell cDNA probe of a cell type derived from a control subject, while the second cDNA probe may correspond to a total cell cDNA probe of the same cell type derived from an experimental subject. Those clones which hybridize to one probe but not to the other potentially represent clones derived from genes differentially expressed in the cell type of interest in control versus experimental subjects.
Subtractive hybridization techniques generally involve the isolation of mRNA taken from two different sources, e.g., control and experimental tissue, the hybridization of the mRNA or single- stranded cDNA reverse-transcribed from the isolated mRNA, and the removal of all hybridized, and therefore double-stranded, sequences. The remaining non-hybridized, single-stranded cDNAs, potentially represent clones derived from genes that are differentially expressed in the two mRNA sources. Such single-stranded cDNAs are then used as the starting material for the construction of a library comprising clones derived from differentially expressed genes.
The differential display technique describes a procedure, utilizing the well known polymerase chain reaction (PCR; the experimental embodiment set forth in Mullis, K. B., 1987, U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202) which allows for the identification of sequences derived from genes which are differentially expressed. First, isolated RNA is reverse-transcribed into single-stranded cDNA, utilizing standard techniques which are well known to those of skill in the art. Primers for the reverse transcriptase reaction may include, but are not limited to, oligo dT-containing primers, preferably of the reverse primer type of oligonucleotide described below. Next, this technique uses pairs of PCR primers, as described below, which allow for the amplification of clones representing a random subset of the RNA transcripts present within any given cell. Utilizing different pairs of primers allows each of the mRNA transcripts present in a cell to be amplified. Among such amplified transcripts may be identified those which have been produced from differentially expressed genes.
The reverse oligonucleotide primer of the primer pairs may contain an oligo dT stretch of nucleotides, preferably eleven nucleotides long, at its 5' end, which hybridizes to the poly(A) tail of mRNA or to the complement of a cDNA reverse transcribed from an mRNA poly(A) tail. Second, in order to increase the specificity of the reverse primer, the primer may contain one or more, preferably two, additional nucleotides at its 3' end. Because, statistically, only a subset of the mRNA derived sequences present in the sample of interest will hybridize to such primers, the additional nucleotides allow the primers to amplify only a subset of the mRNA derived sequences present in the sample of interest. This is preferred in that it allows more accurate and complete visualization and characterization of each of the bands representing amplified sequences.
The forward primer may contain a nucleotide sequence expected, statistically, to have the ability to hybridize to cDNA sequences derived from the tissues of interest. The nucleotide sequence may be an arbitrary one, and the length of the forward oligonucleotide primer may range from about 9 to about 13 nucleotides, with about 10 nucleotides being preferred. Arbitrary primer sequences cause the lengths of the amplified partial cDNAs produced to be variable, thus allowing different clones to be separated by using standard denaturing sequencing gel electrophoresis. PCR reaction conditions should be chosen which optimize amplified product yield and specificity, and, additionally, produce amplified products of lengths which may be resolved utilizing standard gel electrophoresis techniques. Such reaction conditions are well known to those of skill in the art, and important reaction parameters include, for example, length and nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotide primers as discussed above, and annealing and elongation step temperatures and reaction times. The pattern of clones resulting from the reverse transcription and amplification of the mRNA of two different cell types is displayed via sequencing gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in the two banding patterns indicate potentially differentially expressed genes.
When screening for full-length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. Randomly-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences which contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries can be useful for extension of sequence into 5' nontranscribed regulatory regions.
Commercially available capillary electrophoresis systems can be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of PCR or sequencing products. For example, capillary sequencing can employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different fluorescent dyes (one for each nucleotide) which are laser activated, and detection of the emitted wavelengths by a charge coupled device camera. Output/light intensity can be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g. GENOTYPER and Sequence NAVIGATOR, Perkin Elmer; AB , and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display can be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for the sequencing of small pieces of DNA which might be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
Once potentially differentially expressed gene sequences have been identified via bulk techniques such as, for example, those described above, the differential expression of such putatively differentially expressed genes should be corroborated. Corroboration may be accomplished via, for example, such well known techniques as Northern analysis and/or RT-PCR. Upon corroboration, the differentially expressed genes may be further characterized, and may be identified as target and/or marker genes, as discussed, below.
Also, amplified sequences of differentially expressed genes obtained through, for example, differential display may be used to isolate full length clones of the corresponding gene. The full length coding portion of the gene may readily be isolated, without undue experimentation, by molecular biological techniques well known in the art. For example, the isolated differentially expressed amplified fragment may be labeled and used to screen a cDNA library. Alternatively, the labeled fragment may be used to screen a genomic library.
An analysis of the tissue distribution of the mRNA produced by the identified genes may be conducted, utilizing standard techniques well known to those of skill in the art. Such techniques may include, for example, Northern analyses and RT-PCR. Such analyses provide information as to whether the identified genes are expressed in tissues expected to contribute to breast cancer. Such analyses may also provide quantitative information regarding steady state mRNA regulation, yielding data concerning which of the identified genes exhibits a high level of regulation in, preferably, tissues which may be expected to contribute to breast cancer.
Such analyses may also be performed on an isolated cell population of a particular cell type derived from a given tissue. Additionally, standard in situ hybridization techniques may be utilized to provide information regarding which cells within a given tissue express the identified gene. Such analyses may provide information regarding the biological function of an identified gene relative to breast cancer in instances wherein only a subset of the cells within the tissue is thought to be relevant to breast cancer.
Extending Polynucleotides
In one embodiment of such a procedure for the identification and cloning of full length gene sequences, RNA may be isolated, following standard procedures, from an appropriate tissue or cellular source. A reverse transcription reaction may then be performed on the RNA using an oligonucleotide primer complimentary to the mRNA that corresponds to the amplified fragment, for the priming of first strand synthesis. Because the primer is anti-parallel to the mRNA, extension will proceed toward the 5' end of the mRNA. The resulting RNA hybrid may then be "tailed" with guanines using a standard terminal transferase reaction, the hybrid may be digested with RNase H, and second strand synthesis may then be primed with a poly-C primer. Using the two primers, the 5' portion of the gene is amplified using PCR. Sequences obtained may then be isolated and recombined with previously isolated sequences to generate a full-length cDNA of the differentially expressed genes of the invention. For a review of cloning strategies and recombinant DNA techniques, see e.g., Sambrook et al., (6); and Ausubel et al., (7).
Various PCR-based methods can be used to extend the polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein to detect upstream sequences such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, restriction site PCR uses universal primers to retrieve unknown sequence adjacent to a known locus [Sarkar, 1993, (10)]. Genomic DNA is first amplified in the presence of a primer to a linker sequence and a primer specific to the known region. The amplified sequences are then subjected to a second round of PCR with the same linker primer and another specific primer internal to the first one. Products of each round of PCR are transcribed with an appropriate RNA polymerase and sequenced using reverse transcriptase.
Inverse PCR also can be used to amplify or extend sequences using divergent primers' based on a known region [Triglia et al., 1988 ,(11)]. Primers can be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software (National Biosciences Inc., Plymouth, Minn.), to be e.g. 2230 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures about 68-72°C. The method uses several restriction enzymes to generate a suitable fragment in the known region of a gene. The fragment is then circularized by intramolecular ligation and used as a PCR template.
Another method which can be used is capture PCR, which involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA [Lagerstrom et al., 1991, (12)]. In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations also can be used to place an engineered double-stranded sequence into an unknown fragment of the DNA molecule before performing PCR.
Additionally, PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFINDER libraries (CLONTECH, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be used to walk genomic DNA (CLONTECH, Palo Alto, Calif). This process avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron exon junctions.
The sequences of the identified genes may be used, utilizing standard techniques, to place the genes onto genetic maps, e.g., mouse [Copeland & Jenkins, 1991, (13)] and human genetic maps [Cohen, et al., 1993 ,(14)]. Such mapping information may yield information regarding the genes' importance to human disease by, for example, identifying genes which map near genetic regions to which known genetic breast cancer tendencies map. Identification of Polynucleotide Variants and Homologues or splice Variants
Variants and homologues of the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides described above also are „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides. Typically, homologous „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide sequences can be identified by hybridization of candidate polynucleotides to known „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides under stringent conditions, as is known in the art. For example, using the following wash conditions: 2X SSC (0.3 M NaCl, 0.03 M sodium citrate, pH 7.0), 0.1% SDS, room temperature twice, 30 minutes each; then 2X SSC, 0.1% SDS, 50 EC once, 30 minutes; then 2X SSC, room temperature twice, 10 minutes each homologous sequences can be identified which contain at most about 25-30% basepair mismatches. More preferably, homologous polynucleotide strands contain 15-25% basepair mismatches, even more preferably 5-15% basepair mismatches.
Species homologues of the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides disclosed herein also can be identified by making suitable probes or primers and screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast. Human variants of „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides can be identified, for example, by screening human cDNA expression libraries. It is well known that the Tm of a double-stranded DNA decreases by 1-1.5°C with every 1% decrease in homology [Bonner et al., 1973, (15)]. Variants of human „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides or „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides of other species can therefore be identified by hybridizing a putative homologous „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide with a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of one of the sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or the complement thereof to form a test hybrid. The melting temperature of the test hybrid is compared with the melting temperature of a hybrid comprising polynucleotides having perfectly complementary nucleotide sequences, and the number or percent of basepair mismatches within the test hybrid is calculated.
Nucleotide sequences which hybridize to „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides or their complements following stringent hybridization and/or wash conditions also are „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides. Stringent wash conditions are well known and understood in the art and are disclosed, for example, in Sambrook et al., (6). Typically, for stringent hybridization conditions a combination of temperature and salt concentration should be chosen that is approximately 12to20°C below the calculated Tm of the hybrid under study. The Tm of a hybrid between a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of one of the sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or the complement thereof and a polynucleotide sequence which is at least about 50, preferably about 75, 90, 96, or 98% identical to one of those nucleotide sequences can be calculated, for example, using the equation below [Bolton and McCarthy, 1962, (16):
Tm = 81.5°C - 16.6(log10[Na+]) + 0.41(%G + C) - 0.63(%formamide) - 600/1),
where 1 = the length of the hybrid in basepairs.
Stringent wash conditions include, for example, 4X SSC at 65°C, or 50% formamide, 4X SSC at 28°C, or 0.5X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65°C. Highly stringent wash conditions include, for example, 0.2X SSC at 65°C.
The biological function of the identified genes may be more directly assessed by utilizing relevant in vivo and in vitro systems. In vivo systems may include, but are not limited to, animal systems which naturally exhibit breast cancer predisposition, or ones which have been engineered to exhibit such symptoms, including but not limited to oncogene overexpression (e.g. HER2/neu, ras, raf, or EGFR) malignant neoplasia mouse.
Splice variants derived from the same genomic region, encoded by the same pre mRNA can be identified by hybridization conditions described above for homology search. The specific characteristics of variant proteins encoded by splice variants of the same pre transcript may differ and can also be assayed as disclosed. A „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of one of the sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or the complement thereof may therefor differ in parts of the entire sequence. The prediction of splicing events and the identification of the utilized acceptor and donor sites within the pre mRNA can be computed (e.g. Software Package GRAIL or GenomeSCAN) and verified by PCR method by those with skill in the art.
Antisense oligonucleotides
Antisense oligonucleotides are nucleotide sequences which are complementary to a specific DNA or RNA sequence. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary nucleotides combine with natural sequences produced by the cell to form complexes and block either transcription or translation. Preferably, an antisense oligonucleotide is at least 6 nucleotides in length, but can be at least 7, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 or more nucleotides long. Longer sequences also can be used. Antisense oligonucleotide molecules can be provided in a DNA construct and introduced into a cell as described above to alter the level of „BREAST CANCER GENE" gene products in the cell. Antisense oligonucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids (PNAs; described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,331), locked nucleic acids (LNAs; described in WO 99/12826), or a combination of them. Oligonucleotides can be synthesized manually or by an automated synthesizer, by covalently linking the 5' end of one nucleotide with the 3' end of another nucleotide with non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages such alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, alkylphosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxymethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters [Brown, 1994, (46)].
Modifications of „BREAST CANCER GENE" expression can be obtained by designing antisense oligonucleotides which will form duplexes to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of the „BREAST CANCER GENE". Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between positions 10 and +10 from the start site, are preferred. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using "triple helix" base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or chaperons. Therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature [Gee et al., 1994, (47)]. An antisense oligonucleotide also can be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
Precise complementarity is not required for successful complex formation between an antisense oligonucleotide and the complementary sequence of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide. Antisense oligonucleotides which comprise, for example, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or more stretches of contiguous nucleotides which are precisely complementary to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide, each separated by a stretch of contiguous nucleotides which are not complementary to adjacent „BREAST CANCER GENE" nucleotides, can provide sufficient targeting specificity for „BREAST CANCER GENE" mRNA. Preferably, each stretch of complementary contiguous nucleotides is at least 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 or more nucleotides in length. Non-complementary intervening sequences are preferably 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides in length. One skilled in the art can easily use the calculated melting point of an antisense-sense pair to determine the degree of mismatching which will be tolerated between a particular antisense oligonucleotide and a particular „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide sequence.
Antisense oligonucleotides can be modified without affecting their ability to hybridize to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide. These modifications can be internal or at one or both ends of the antisense molecule. For example, internucleoside phosphate linkages can be modified by adding cholesteryl or diamine moieties with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose. Modified bases and/or sugars, such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5' substituted oligonucleotide in which the 3' hydroxyl group or the 5' phosphate group are substituted, also can be employed in a modified antisense oligonucleotide. These modified oligonucleotides can be prepared by methods well known in the art [Uhlmann et al., 2000 (48)].
Ribozymes
Ribozymes are RNA molecules with catalytic activity [Couture & Stinchcomb, 1996, (49)]. Ribozymes can be used to inhibit gene function by cleaving an RNA sequence, as is known in the art (e.g., Haseloff et al., U.S. Patent 5,641,673). The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Examples include engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of specific nucleotide sequences.
The transcribed sequence of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" can be used to generate ribozymes which will specifically bind to mRNA transcribed from a „BREAST CANCER GENE" genomic locus. Methods of designing and constructing ribozymes which can cleave other RNA molecules in trans in a highly sequence specific manner have been developed and described in the art [Haseloff et al., 1988, (50)]. For example, the cleavage activity of ribozymes can be targeted to specific RNAs by engineering a discrete "hybridization" region into the ribozyme. The hybridization region contains a sequence complementary to the target RNA and thus specifically hybridizes with the target [see, for example, Gerlach et al., EP 0 321201].
Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within a „BREAST CANCER GENE" RNA target can be identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the target RNA containing the cleavage site can be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the target inoperable. Suitability of candidate „BREAST CANCER GENE" RNA targets also can be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays. Longer complementary sequences can be used to increase the affinity of the hybridization sequence for the target. The hybridizing and cleavage regions of the ribozyme can be integrally related such that upon hybridizing to the target RNA through the complementary regions, the catalytic region of the ribozyme can cleave the target.
Ribozymes can be introduced into cells as part of a DNA construct. Mechanical methods, such as microinjection, liposome-mediated transfection, electroporation, or calcium phosphate precipitation, can be used to introduce a ribozyme-containing DNA construct into cells in which it is desired to decrease „BREAST CANCER GENE" expression. Alternatively, if it is desired that the cells stably retain the DNA construct, the construct can be supplied on a plasmid and maintained as a separate element or integrated into the genome of the cells, as is known in the art. A ribozyme-encoding DNA construct can include transcriptional regulatory elements, such as a promoter element, an enhancer or UAS element, and a transcriptional terminator signal, for controlling transcription of ribozymes in the cells.
As taught in Haseloff et al., U.S Pat. No. 5,641,673, ribozymes can be engineered so that ribozyme expression will occur in response to factors which induce expression of a target gene. Ribozymes also can be engineered to provide an additional level of regulation, so that destruction of mRNA occurs only when both a ribozyme and a target gene are induced in the cells.
Polypeptides
"BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides according to the invention comprise an polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 or encoded by any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or derivatives, fragments, analogues and homologues thereof. A BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide of the invention therefore can be a portion, a full-length, or a fusion protein comprising all or a portion of a "BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
Protein Purification
„BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be purified from any cell which expresses the responding protein, including host cells which have been fransfected with „BREAST CANCER GENE" expression constructs.. A purified „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is separated from other compounds which are normally associate with the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide in the cell, such as certain proteins, carbohydrates, or lipids, using methods well- known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, size exclusion chromatography, ammonium sulfate fractionation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and preparative gel electrophoresis. A preparation of purified „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides is at least 80% pure; preferably, the preparations are 90%, 95%, or 99% pure. Purity of the preparations can be assessed by any means known in the art, such as SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Obtaining Polypeptides
„BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be obtained, for example, by purification from human cells, by expression of „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides, or by direct chemical synthesis.
Biologically Active Variants
„BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide variants which are biologically active, i.e., retain an „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity, can be also regarded as „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides. Preferably, naturally or non-naturally occurring „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide variants have amino acid sequences which are at least about 60, 65, or 70, preferably about 75, 80, 85, 90, 92, 94, 96, or 98% identical to any of the amino acid sequences of the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 or the polypeptides encoded by any of the polynucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or a fragment thereof.
Variations in percent identity can be due, for example, to amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. Amino acid substitutions are defined as one for one amino acid replacements. They are conservative in nature when the substituted amino acid has similar structural and/or chemical properties. Examples of conservative replacements are substitution of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, or a threonine with a serine.
Amino acid insertions or deletions are changes to or within an amino acid sequence. They typically fall in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. Guidance in determining which amino acid residues can be substituted, inserted, or deleted without abolishing biological or immunological activity of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be found using computer programs well known in the art, such as DNASTAR software. Whether an amino acid change results in a biologically active „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can readily be determined by assaying for „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity, as described for example, in the specific Examples, below. Larger insertions or deletions can also be caused by alternative splicing. Protein domains can be inserted or deleted without altering the main activity of the protein.
Fusion Proteins
Fusion proteins are useful for generating antibodies against „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide amino acid sequences and for use in various assay systems. For example, fusion proteins can be used to identify proteins which interact with portions of a „BREAST CANCER
GENE" polypeptide. Protein affinity chromatography or library-based assays for protein-protein interactions, such as the yeast two-hybrid or phage display systems, can be used for this purpose. Such methods are well known in the art and also can be used as drug screens.
A „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide fusion protein comprises two polypeptide segments fused together by means of a peptide bond. The first polypeptide segment comprises at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700 or 750 contiguous amino acids of an amino acid sequence encoded by any polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or of a biologically active variant, such as those described above. The first polypeptide segment also can comprise full-length „BREAST CANCER GENE".
The second polypeptide segment can be a full-length protein or a protein fragment. Proteins commonly used in fusion protein construction include β-galactosidase, β-glucuronidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), autofluorescent proteins, including blue fluorescent protein (BFP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST), luciferase, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), and chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT). Additionally, epitope tags are used in fusion protein constructions, including histidine (His) tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, VSV-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags. Other fusion constructions can include maltose binding protein
(MBP), S- tag, Lex a DNA binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSV) BP16 protein fusions. A fusion protein also can be engineered to contain a cleavage site located between the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide-encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be cleaved and purified away from the heterologous moiety.
A fusion protein can be synthesized chemically, as is known in the art. Preferably, a fusion protein is produced by covalently linking two polypeptide segments or by standard procedures in the art of molecular biology. Recombinant DNA methods can be used to prepare fusion proteins, for example, by making a DNA construct which comprises coding sequences selected from any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 in proper reading frame with nucleotides encoding the second polypeptide segment and expressing the DNA construct in a host cell, as is known in the art. Many kits for constructing fusion proteins are available from companies such as Promega Corporation (Madison, WI), Stratagene (La Jolla, CA), CLONTECH (Mountain View, CA), Santa Cruz Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, CA), MBL International Corporation (MIC; Watertown, MA), and Quantum Biotechnologies (Montreal, Canada; 1-888-DNA-KITS).
Identification of Species Homologues
Species homologues of human a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be obtained using „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotides (described below) to make suitable probes or primers for screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast, identifying cDNAs which encode homologues of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, and expressing the cDNAs as is known in the art.
Expression of Polynucleotides
To express a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide, the polynucleotide can be inserted into an expression vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. Such techniques are described, for example, in Sambrook et al., (6) and in Ausubel et al., (7).
A variety of expression vector/host systems can be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms, such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors, insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus), plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids), or animal cell systems.
The control elements or regulatory sequences are those regions of the vector enhancers, promoters, 5' and 3' untranslated regions which interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such elements can vary in their strength and specificity. Depending on the vector system and host utilized, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, can be used. For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the BLUESCRIPT phagemid (Sfratagene, LaJolla, Calif.) or pSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies) and the like can be used. The baculovirus polyhedrin promoter can be used in insect cells. Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells (e.g., heat shock, RUBISCO, and storage protein genes) or from plant viruses (e.g., viral promoters or leader sequences) can be cloned into the vector. In mammalian cell systems, promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of a nucleotide sequence encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, vectors based on SV40 or EBV can be used with an appropriate selectable marker. Bacterial and Yeast Expression Systems
In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors can be selected depending upon the use intended for the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. For example, when a large quantity of the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is needed for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified can be used. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Sfratagene). In a BLUESCRIPT vector, a sequence encoding the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be ligated into the vector in frame with sequences for the amino terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of β-galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced. pHSf vectors [Van Heeke & Schuster, (75)] or pGEX vectors (Promega, Madison, Wis.) also can be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. Proteins made in such systems can be designed to include heparin, thrombin, or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned polypeptide of interest can be released from the GST moiety at will.
In the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH can be used. For reviews, see Ausubel et al., (7).
Plant and Insect Expression Systems
If plant expression vectors are used, the expression of sequences encoding „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be driven by any of a number of promoters. For example, viral promoters such as the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV can be used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV [Takamatsu, 1987, (22)]. Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters can be used [Winter et al., 1991, (23)]. These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or by pathogen- mediated transfection. Such techniques are described in a number of generally available reviews.
An insect system also can be used to express a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. For example, in one such system Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda cells or in Trichoplusia larvae. Sequences encoding „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be cloned into a nonessential region of the virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under confrol of the polyhedrin promoter. Successful insertion of „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein. The recombinant viruses can then be used to infect S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be expressed [Engelhard et al., 1994, (24)].
Mammalian Expression Systems
A number of viral-based expression systems can be used to express „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides in mammalian host cells. For example, if an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex comprising the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a nonessential El or E3 region of the viral genome can be used to obtain a viable virus which is capable of expressing a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide in infected host cells [Logan & Shenk, 1984, (25)]. If desired, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, can be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) also can be used to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained and expressed in a plasmid. HACs of 6M to 10M are constructed and delivered to cells via conventional delivery methods (e.g., liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles).
Specific initiation signals also can be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where sequences encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, its initiation codon, and upstream sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or franslational confrol signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous franslational control signals (including the ATG initiation codon) should be provided. The initiation codon should be in the correct reading frame to ensure translation of the entire insert. Exogenous franslational elements and initiation codons can be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression can be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers which are appropriate for the particular cell system which is used [Scharf et al., 1994, (26)].
Host Cells
A host cell strain can be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation. Posttranslational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form of the polypeptide also can be used to facilitate correct insertion, folding and or function. Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for Post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38), are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209) and can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
Stable expression is preferred for long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins. For example, cell lines which stably express „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be transformed using expression vectors which can contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells can be allowed to grow for 12 days in an enriched medium before they are switched to a selective medium. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced „BREAST CANCER GENE" sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells can be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type [Freshney et al., 1986, (27).
Any number of selection systems can be used to recover fransformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase [Wigler et al., 1977, (28)] and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase [Lowy et al., 1980, (29)] genes which can be employed in tk" or aprt" cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate [Wigler et al., 1980, (30)], npt confers resistance to the aminoglycosides, neomycin and G418 [Colbere-Garapin et al., 1981, (31)], and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively. Additional selectable genes have been described. For example, trpB allows cells to utilize indole in place of tryptophan, or hisD, which allows cells to utilize histinol in place of histidine [Hartman & Mulligan, 1988 ,(32)]. Visible markers such as anthocyanins, β- glucuronidase and its substrate GUS, and luciferase and its substrate luciferin, can be used to identify transformants and to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system [Rhodes et al., 1995, (33)].
Detecting Expression and gene product
Although the presence of marker gene expression suggests that the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed. For example, if a sequence encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences which encode a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide.
Alternatively, host cells which contain a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide and which express a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip-based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of polynucleotide or protein. For example, the presence of a polynucleotide sequence encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be detected by DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization or amplification using probes or fragments or fragments of polynucleotides encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. Nucleic acid amplification-based assays involve the use of oligonucleotides selected from sequences encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide to detect transformants which contain a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide.
A variety of protocols for detecting and measuring the expression of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal- based immunoassay using monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be used, or a competitive binding assay can be employed. These and other assays are described in Hampton et al., (34).
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and can be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides include oligo labeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, sequences encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and can be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of labeled nucleotides and an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6. These procedures can be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega, and US Biochemical). Suitable reporter molecules or labels which can be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, and fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
Expression and Purification of Polypeptides
Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture. The polypeptide produced by a fransformed cell can be secreted or stored intracellular depending on the sequence and or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of soluble „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane or which direct the membrane insertion of membrane-bound „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
As discussed above, other constructions can be used to join a sequence encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide to a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain which will facilitate purification of soluble proteins. Such purification facilitating domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immunoglobulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, Wash.). Inclusion of cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor Xa or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide also can be used to facilitate purification. One such expression vector provides for expression of a fusion protein containing a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide and 6 histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification by IMAC (immobilized metal ion affinity chromatography [Porath et al., 1992, (35)], while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide from the fusion protein. Vectors which contain fusion proteins are disclosed in Kroll et al., (36).
Chemical Synthesis
Sequences encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art [see Caruthers et al., (37)]. Alternatively, a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide itself can be produced using chemical methods to synthesize its amino acid sequence, such as by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques [Roberge et al., 1995, (38)]. Protein synthesis can be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis can be achieved, for example, using Applied Biosystems 431 A Peptide Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer). Optionally, fragments of „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be separately synthesized and combined using chemical methods to produce a full-length molecule.
The newly synthesized peptide can be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography [Creighton, 1983, (39)]. The composition of a synthetic „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be confirmed by amino acid analysis or sequencing (e.g., the Edman degradation procedure. Additionally, any portion of the amino acid sequence of the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined using chemical methods with sequences from other proteins to produce a variant polypeptide or a fusion protein.
Production of Altered Polypeptides
As will be understood by those of skill in the art, it may be advantageous to produce „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequences possessing non-natural occurring codons. For example, codons preferred by a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host can be selected to increase the rate of protein expression or to produce an RNA transcript having desirable properties, such as a half-life which is longer than that of a transcript generated from the naturally occurring sequence.
The nucleotide sequences disclosed herein can be engineered using methods generally known in the art to alter „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide-encoding sequences for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, alterations which modify the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the polypeptide or mRNA product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR re-assembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides can be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, site-directed mutagenesis can be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce mutations, and so forth.
Predictive. Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays
The present invention provides compositions, methods, and kits for determining whether a subject is at risk for developing malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular by detecting the disclosed biomarkers, i.e., the disclosed polynucleotide markers comprising any of the polynucleotides sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 and/or the polypeptide markers encoded thereby or polypeptide markers comprising any of the polypeptide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130 for malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular.
In clinical applications, biological samples can be screened for the presence and/or absence of the biomarkers identified herein. Such samples are for example needle biopsy cores, surgical resection samples, or body fluids like serum, thin needle nipple aspirates and urine. For example, these methods include obtaining a biopsy, which is optionally fractionated by cryostat sectioning to enrich diseases cells to about 80% of the total cell population. In certain embodiments, polynucleotides extracted from these samples may be amplified using techniques well known in the art. The expression levels of selected markers detected would be compared with statistically valid groups of diseased and healthy samples.
In one embodiment the compositions, methods, and kits comprises determining whether a subject has an abnormal mRNA and or protein level of the disclosed markers, such as by Northern blot analysis, reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), in situ hybridization, immunoprecipitation, Western blot hybridization, or immunohistochemistry. According to the method, cells are obtained from a subject and the levels of the disclosed biomarkers, protein or mRNA level, is determined and compared to the level of these markers in a healthy subject. An abnormal level of the biomarker polypeptide or mRNA levels is likely to be indicative of malignant neoplasia such as breast cancer.
In another embodiment the compositions, methods, and kits comprises determining whether a subject has an abnormal DNA content of said genes or said genomic loci, such as by Southern blot analysis, dot blot analysis, Fluorescence or Colorimetric In Situ Hybridization, Comparative Genomic Hybridization or quantitative PCR. In general these assays comprise the usage of probes from representative genomic regions. The probes contain at least parts of said genomic regions or sequences complementary or analogous to said regions. In particular infra- or intergenic regions of said genes or genomic regions. The probes can consist of nucleotide sequences or sequences of analogous functions (e.g. PNAs, Morpholino oligomers) being able to bind to target regions by hybridization. In general genomic regions being altered in said patient samples are compared with unaffected control samples (normal tissue from the same or different patients, surrounding unaffected tissue, peripheral blood) or with genomic regions of the same sample that don't have said alterations and can therefore serve as internal controls. In a preferred embodiment regions located on the same chromosome are used. Alternatively, gonosomal regions and /or regions with defined varying amount in the sample are used. In one favored embodiment the DNA content, structure, composition or modification is compared that lie within distinct genomic regions. Especially favored are methods that detect the DNA content of said samples, where the amount of target regions are altered by amplification and or deletions. In another embodiment the target regions are analyzed for the presence of polymorphisms (e.g. Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms or mutations) that affect or predispose the cells in said samples with regard to clinical aspects, being of diagnostic, prognostic or therapeutic value. Preferably, the identification of sequence variations is used to define haplotypes that result in characteristic behavior of said samples with said clinical aspects.
In one embodiment, the compositions, methods, and kits for the prediction, diagnosis or prognosis of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular are done by the detection of:
(a) a polynucleotide selected from the polynucleotides of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65;
(b) a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a polynucleotide specified in (a) encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as specified for the respective sequence in Table 1;
(c) a polynucleotide the sequence of which deviates from the polynucleotide specified in (a) and (b) due to the generation of the genetic code encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as specified for the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130
(d) a polynucleotide which represents a specific fragment, derivative or allelic variation of a polynucleotide sequence specified in (a) to (c) encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as specified for the respective sequence in Table 1;
in a biological sample comprising the following steps: hybridizing any polynucleotide or analogous oligomer specified in (a) to (d) to a polynucleotide material of a biological sample, thereby forming a hybridization complex; and detecting said hybridization complex.
In another embodiment the method for the prediction, diagnosis or prognosis of malignant neoplasia is done as just described but, wherein before hybridization, the polynucleotide material of the biological sample is amplified.
In another embodiment the method for the diagnosis or prognosis of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular is done by the detection of:
(a) a polynucleotide selected from the polynucleotides of the SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130;
(b) a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a polynucleotide specified in (a) encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as specified for the respective sequence in Table 1; (c) a polynucleotide the sequence of which deviates from the polynucleotide specified in (a) and (b) due to the generation of the genetic code encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as specified for the respective sequence in Table 1;
(d) a polynucleotide which represents a specific fragment, derivative or allelic variation of a polynucleotide sequence specified in (a) to (c) encoding a polypeptide exhibiting the same biological function as specified for the respective sequence in Table 1;
(e) a polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide sequence specified in (a) to (d)
(f) a polypeptide comprising any polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 66 to 130
(g)
comprising the steps of contacting a biological sample with a reagent which specifically interacts with the polynucleotide specified in (a) to (d) or the polypeptide specified in (e).
1. DNA array technolosv
In one embodiment, the present Invention also provides a method wherein polynucleotide probes are immobilized an a DNA chip in an organized array. Oligonucleotides can be bound to a solid Support by a variety of processes, including lithography. For example a chip can hold up to 410.000 oligonucleotides (GeneChip, Affymetrix). The present invention provides significant advantages over the available tests for malignant neoplasia, such as breast cancer, because it increases the reliability of the test by providing an array of polynucleotide markers an a single chip.
The method includes obtaining a biologocal sample which can be a biopsy of an affected person, which is optionally fractionated by cryostat sectioning to enrich diseased cells to about 80% of the total cell population and the use of body fluids such as serum or urine, serum or cell containing liquids (e.g. derived from fine needle aspirates). The DNA or RNA is then extracted, amplified, and analyzed with a DNA chip to determine the presence of absence of the marker polynucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the polynucleotide probes are spotted onto a subsfrate in a two-dimensional matrix or array, samples of polynucleotides can be labeled and then hybridized to the probes. Double-stranded polynucleotides, comprising the labeled sample polynucleotides bound to probe polynucleotides, can be detected once the unbound portion of the sample is washed away. The probe polynucleotides can be spotted on substrates including glass, nitrocellulose, etc. The probes can be bound to the substrate by either covalent bonds or by non-specific interactions, such as hydrophobic interactions. The sample polynucleotides can be labeled using radioactive labels, fluorophores, chromophores, etc. Techniques for constructing arrays and methods of using these arrays are described in EPO 799 897; WO 97/29212; WO 97/27317; EP 0 785 280; WO 97/02357; U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,839; U.S. Pat. No. 5,578,832; EP 0 728 520; U.S. Pat. No. 5,599,695; EP 0 721 016; U.S. Pat. No. 5,556,752; WO 95/22058; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,734. Further, arrays can be used to examine differential expression of genes and can be used to determine gene function. For example, arrays of the instant polynucleotide sequences can be used to determine if any of the polynucleotide sequences are differentially expressed between normal cells and diseased cells, for example. High expression of a particular message in a diseased sample, which is not observed in a corresponding normal sample, can indicate a breast cancer specific protein.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides probes and primers that are specific to the polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65.
In one embodiment, the composition, method, and kit comprise using a polynucleotide probe to determine the presence of malignant or breast cancer cells in particular in a tissue from a patient. Specifically, the method comprises:
1) providing a polynucleotide probe comprising a nucleotide sequence at least 12 nucleotides in length, preferably at least 15 nucleotides, more preferably, 25 nucleotides, and most preferably at least 40 nucleotides, and up to all or nearly all of the coding sequence which is complementary to a portion of the coding sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the polynucleotides of SEQ JJD NO: 1 to 65 or a sequence complementary thereto;
2) obtaining a tissue sample from a patient with malignant neoplasia;
3) providing a second tissue sample from a patient with no malignant neoplasia;
4) contacting the polynucleotide probe under stringent conditions with RNA of each of said first and second tissue samples (e.g., in a Northern blot or in situ hybridization assay); and
5) comparing (a) the amount of hybridization of the probe with RNA of the first tissue sample, with (b) the amount of hybridization of the probe with RNA of the second tissue sample; wherein a statistically significant difference in the amount of hybridization with the RNA of the first tissue sample as compared to the amount of hybridization with the RNA of the second tissue sample is indicative of malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular in the first tissue sample.
2. Data analysis methods
Comparison of the expression levels of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES" with reference expression levels, e.g., expression levels in diseased cells of breast cancer or in normal counterpart cells, is preferably conducted using computer systems. In one embodiment, expression levels are obtained in two cells and these two sets of expression levels are introduced into a computer system for comparison. In a preferred embodiment, one set of expression levels is entered into a computer system for comparison with values that are already present in the computer system, or in computer- readable form that is then entered into the computer system.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a computer readable form of the gene expression profile data of the invention, or of values corresponding to the level of expression of at least one "BREAST CANCER GENE" in a diseased cell. The values can be mRNA expression levels obtained from experiments, e.g., microarray analysis. The values can also be mRNA levels normalised relative to a reference gene whose expression is constant in numerous cells under numerous conditions, e.g., GAPDH. In other embodiments, the values in the computer are ratios of, or differences between, normalized or non-normalized mRNA levels in different samples.
The gene expression profile data can be in the form of a table, such as an Excel table. The data can be alone, or it can be part of a larger database, e.g., comprising other expression profiles. For example, the expression profile data of the invention can be part of a public database. The computer readable form can be in a computer. In another embodiment, the invention provides a computer displaying the gene expression profile data.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for determining the similarity between the level of expression of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES" in a first cell, e.g., a cell of a subject, and that in a second cell, comprising obtaining the level of expression of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES" in a first cell and entering these values into a computer comprising a database including records comprising values corresponding to levels of expression of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENES" in a second cell, and processor instructions, e.g., a user interface, capable of receiving a selection of one or more values for comparison purposes with data that is stored in the computer. The computer may further comprise a means for converting the comparison data into a diagram or chart or other type of output. In another embodiment, values representing expression levels of "BREAST CANCER GENES" are entered into a computer system, comprising one or more databases with reference expression levels obtained from more than one cell. For example, the computer comprises expression data of diseased and normal cells. Instructions are provided to the computer, and the computer is capable of comparing the data entered with the data in the computer to determine whether the data entered is more similar to that of a normal cell or of a diseased cell.
In another embodiment, the computer comprises values of expression levels in cells of subjects at different stages of breast cancer, and the computer is capable of comparing expression data entered into the computer with the data stored, and produce results indicating to which of the expression profiles in the computer, the one entered is most similar, such as to determine the stage of breast cancer in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the reference expression profiles in the computer are expression profiles from cells of breast cancer of one or more subjects, which cells are treated in vivo or in vitro with a drug used for therapy of breast cancer. Upon entering of expression data of a cell of a subject treated in vitro or in vivo with the drug, the computer is instructed to compare the data entered to the data in the computer, and to provide results indicating whether the expression data input into the computer are more similar to those of a cell of a subject that is responsive to the drug or more similar to those of a cell of a subject that is not responsive to the drug. Thus, the results indicate whether the subject is likely to respond to the treatment with the drug or unlikely to respond to it.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a system that comprises a means for receiving gene expression data for one or a plurality of genes; a means for comparing the gene expression data from each of said one or plurality of genes to a common reference frame; and a means for presenting the results of the comparison. This system may further comprise a means for clustering the data.
In one embodiment of this invention statistical analyses such as Principle Component Analysis (PGA) or Partial Least Square-Discriminant Analysis (PLS-DA) are appied to the expression data. PLS-DA is superior when a much larger number of variables (genes) than observations (samples) has to be taken into consideration. We evaluate the discriminative ability of PLS questioning for small discrete gene sets to separate pre and post chemotherapy samples. In addition we challenged a classical PCA algorithm with the identification of the major components separating the pairs samples and the two treatment conditions. We used the expression data of all 25 tumor samples in the PCA and PLS-DA analyses, which were carried out in the first iterative level with all 249 reliably expressed genes previously used in the hierarchical clustering analysis. During the course of analysis we selected those genes satisfying the cut-off criterion of having the variable importance in the projection (VIP) more than 1.8 using both PLS components. In a second iterative PLS-DA performed with the SDVICA-P analysis software only the genes (n=25)with a VIP above threshold of 1.8 were re-analyzed separately to avoid running an over-fitted system (genes are listed in Table X).
Regarding the previously described statistical selection of genes using a simple t-test is absolutely appropriate since the problem of defining classes is limited to two (98), but the VIP criterion used for PLS-DA is more robust and discriminative. PLS-DA is not hampered by the problem of not normality distributed data an assumption which has to be made for the standard parametric t-test. This is very important, when operating with relatively small numbers of samples, as in the present study.
Whereas all samples prior and post chemotherapy are mixedly scattered in PCA, they are grouped into distinct areas by the PLS-DA. Further, a permutation test was carried out to test for robustness. As a rule of thumb to check whether the existing model is the best predictive alternative, the Y-axis intercepts should be R2 < 0.3, and ζ < 0.05. If the i?2-line is closed to horizontal, this test indicates that the model is over-fitted (99). The permutation analysis revealed that the current model was the one with the highest predictive power. Thus, by use of PLS analysis it was possible to identify changes exerted by the advent of chemotherapy within each individual sample pair. However, it is obvious that the absolute values vary from patient to patient. The VIP values listed in the Table 3 correspond to the model with selected 25 genes and display lower values than obtained in the non-optimized model, a phenomenon which has already been reported (100).
In another embodiment, the invention provides a computer program for analyzing gene expression data comprising (i) a computer code that receives as input gene expression data for a plurality of genes and (ii) a computer code that compares said gene expression data from each of said plurality of genes to a common reference frame.
The invention also provides a machine-readable or computer-readable medium including program instructions for performing the following steps: (i) comparing a plurality of values corresponding to expression levels of one or more genes characteristic of breast cancer in a query cell with a database including records comprising reference expression or expression profile data of one or more reference cells and an annotation of the type of cell; and (ii) indicating to which cell the query cell is most similar based on similarities of expression profiles. The reference cells can be cells from subjects at different stages of breast cancer. The reference cells can also be cells from subjects responding or not responding to a particular drug treatment and optionally incubated in vitro or in vivo with the drug.
The reference cells may also be cells from subjects responding or not responding to several different treatments, and the computer system indicates a preferred treatment for the subject. Accordingly, the invention provides a method for selecting a therapy for a patient having breast cancer, the method comprising: (i) providing the level of expression of one or more genes characteristic of breast cancer in a diseased cell of the patient; (ii) providing a plurality of reference profiles, each associated with a therapy, wherein the subject expression profile and each reference profile has a plurality of values, each value representing the level of expression of a gene characteristic of breast cancer; and (iii) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile, to thereby select a therapy for said patient. In a preferred embodiment step (iii) is performed by a computer. The most similar reference profile may be selected by weighing a comparison value of the plurality using a weight value associated with the corresponding expression data.
The relative abundance of an mRNA in two biological samples can be scored as a perturbation and its magnitude determined (i.e., the abundance is different in the two sources of mRNA tested), or as not perturbed (i.e., the relative abundance is the same). In various embodiments, a difference between the two sources of RNA of at least a factor of about 25% (RNA from one source is 25% more abundant in one source than the other source), more usually about 50%, even more often by a factor of about 2 (twice as abundant), 3 (three times as abundant) or 5 (five times as abundant) is scored as a perturbation. Perturbations can be used by a computer for calculating and expression comparisons.
Preferably, in addition to identifying a perturbation as positive or negative, it is advantageous to determine the magnitude of the perturbation. This can be carried out, as noted above, by calculating the ratio of the emission of the two fiuorophores used for differential labeling, or by analogous methods that will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
The computer readable medium may further comprise a pointer to a descriptor of a stage of breast cancer or to a treatment for breast cancer.
In operation, the means for receiving gene expression data, the means for comparing the gene expression data, the means for presenting, the means for normalizing, and the means for clustering within the context of the systems of the present invention can involve a programmed computer with the respective functionalities described herein, implemented in hardware or hardware and software; a logic circuit or other component of a programmed computer that performs the operations specifically identified herein, dictated by a computer program; or a computer memory encoded with executable instructions representing a computer program that can cause a computer to function in the particular fashion described herein.
Those skilled in the art will understand that the systems and methods of the present invention may be applied to a variety of systems, including IBM-compatible personal computers running MS- DOS or Microsoft Windows.
The computer may have internal components linked to external components. The internal components may include a processor element interconnected with a main memory. The computer system can be an Intel Pentium®-based processor of 200 MHz or greater clock rate and with 32 MB or more of main memory. The external component may comprise a mass storage, which can be one or more hard disks (which are typically packaged together with the processor and memory). Such hard disks are typically of 1 GB or greater storage capacity. Other external components include a user interface device, which can be a monitor, together with an inputing device, which can be a "mouse", or other graphic input devices, and or a keyboard. A printing device can also be attached to the computer.
Typically, the computer system is also linked to a network link, which can be part of an Ethernet link to other local computer systems, remote computer systems, or wide area communication networks, such as the Internet. This network link allows the computer system to share data and processing tasks with other computer systems.
Loaded into memory during operation of this system are several software components, which are both standard in the art and special to the instant invention. These software components collectively cause the computer system to function according to the methods of this invention. These software components are typically stored on a mass storage. A software component represents the operating system, which is responsible for managing the computer system and its network interconnections. This operating system can be, for example, of the Microsoft Windows' family, such as Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows NT. A software component represents common languages and functions conveniently present on this system to assist programs implementing the methods specific to this invention. Many high or low level computer languages can be used to program the analytic methods of this invention. Instructions can be interpreted during run-time or compiled. Preferred languages include C/C++, and JAVA®. Most preferably, the methods of this invention are programmed in mathematical software packages which allow symbolic entry of equations and high-level specification of processing, including algorithms to be used, thereby freeing a user of the need to procedurally program individual equations or algorithms. Such packages include Matlab from Mathworks (Natick, Mass.), Mathematica from Wolfram Research (Champaign, 111.), or S-Plus from Math Soft (Cambridge, Mass.). Accordingly, a software component represents the analytic methods of this invention as programmed in a procedural language or symbolic package. In a preferred embodiment, the computer system also contains a database comprising values representing levels of expression of one or more genes characteristic of breast cancer. The database may contain one or more expression profiles of genes characteristic of breast cancer in different cells.
In an exemplary implementation, to practice the methods of the present invention, a user first loads expression profile data into the computer system. These data can be directly entered by the user from a monitor and keyboard, or from other computer systems linked by a network connection, or on removable storage media such as a CD-ROM or floppy disk or through the network. Next the user causes execution of expression profile analysis software which performs the steps of comparing and, e.g., clustering co-varying genes into groups of genes.
In another exemplary implementation, expression profiles are compared using a method described in U.S. Patent No. 6,203,987. A user first loads expression profile data into the computer system. Geneset profile definitions are loaded into the memory from the storage media or from a remote computer, preferably from a dynamic geneset database system, through the network. Next the user causes execution of projection software which performs the steps of converting expression profile to projected expression profiles. The projected expression profiles are then displayed.
In yet another exemplary implementation, a user first leads a projected profile into the memory. The user then causes the loading of a reference profile into the memory. Next, the user causes the execution of comparison software which performs the steps of objectively comparing the profiles.
3. Detection of variant polynucleotide sequence
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject is at risk for developing a disease, such as a predisposition to develop malignant neoplasia, for example breast cancer, associated with an aberrant activity of any one of the polypeptides encoded by any of the polynucleotides of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65, wherein the aberrant activity of the polypeptide is characterized by detecting the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of these:
(i) an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a marker polypeptides, or
(ii) the misexpression of the encoding polynucleotide. To illustrate, such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of these:
I. a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the polynucleotide sequence
II. an addition of one or more nucleotides to the polynucleotide sequence
in. a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the polynucleotide sequence
rV. a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the polynucleotide sequence
V. a gross alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the polynucleotide sequence
VI. aberrant modification of the polynucleotide sequence, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA
VTJ. the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene
VHJ. a non-wild type level of the marker polypeptide
LX. allelic loss of the gene
X. inappropriate post-translational modification of the marker polypeptide
The present invention provides assay techniques for detecting mutations in the encoding polynucleotide sequence. These methods include, but are not limited to, methods involving sequence analysis, Southern blot hybridization, restriction enzyme site mapping, and methods involving detection of absence of nucleotide pairing between the polynucleotide to be analyzed and a probe.
Specific diseases or disorders, e.g., genetic diseases or disorders, are associated with specific allelic variants of polymoφhic regions of certain genes, which do not necessarily encode a mutated protein. Thus, the presence of a specific allelic variant of a polymoφhic region of a gene in a subject can render the subject susceptible to developing a specific disease or disorder. Polymoφhic regions in genes, can be identified, by determining the nucleotide sequence of genes in populations of individuals. If a polymoφhic region is identified, then the link with a specific disease can be determined by studying specific populations of individuals, e.g. individuals which developed a specific disease, such as breast cancer. A polymoφhic region can be located in any region of a gene, e.g., exons, in coding or non coding regions of exons, introns, and promoter region. I an exemplary embodiment, there is provided a polynucleotide composition comprising a polynucleotide probe including a region of nucleotide sequence which is capable of hybridising to a sense or antisense sequence of a gene or naturally occurring mutants thereof, or 5' or 3' flanking sequences or intronic sequences naturally associated with the subject genes or naturally occurring mutants thereof. The polynucleotide of a cell is rendered accessible for hybridization, the probe is contacted with the polynucleotide of the sample, and the hybridization of the probe to the sample polynucleotide is detected. Such techniques can be used to detect lesions or allelic variants at either the genomic or mRNA level, including deletions, substitutions, etc., as well as to determine mRNA transcript levels.
A preferred detection method is allele specific hybridization using probes overlapping the mutation or polymoφhic site and having about 5, 10, 20, 25, or 30 nucleotides around the mutation or polymoφhic region. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, several probes capable of hybridising specifically to allelic variants are attached to a solid phase support, e.g., a "chip". Mutation detection analysis using these chips comprising oligonucleotides, also termed "DNA probe arrays" is described e.g., in Cronin et al. (40). In one embodiment, a chip comprises all the allelic variants of at least one polymoφhic region of a gene. The solid phase support is then contacted with a test polynucleotide and hybridization to the specific probes is detected. Accordingly, the identity of numerous allelic variants of one or more genes can be identified in a simple hybridization experiment.
In certain embodiments, detection of the lesion comprises utilizing the probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g. U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligase chain reaction (LCR) [Landegran et al., 1988, (41)], the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the gene; Abravaya et al., 1995 ,(42)]. In a merely illustrative embodiment, the method includes the steps of (i) collecting a sample of cells from a patient, (ii) isolating polynucleotide (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, (iii) contacting the polynucleotide sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a polynucleotide sequence under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the polynucleotide (if present) occurs, and (iv) detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication [Guatelli, J.C. et al., 1990, (43)], transcriptional amplification system [Kwoh, D.Y. et al., 1989, (44)], Q-Beta replicase [Lizardi, P.M. et al., 1988 ,(45)], or any other polynucleotide amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of polynucleotide molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
In a preferred embodiment of the subject assay, mutations in, or allelic variants, of a gene from a sample cell are identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis. Moreover; the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
4. In situ hybridization
In one aspect, the method comprises in situ hybridization with a probe derived from a given marker polynucleotide, which sequence is selected from any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or a sequence complementary thereto. The method comprises contacting the labeled hybridization probe with a sample of a given type of tissue from a patient potentially having malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular as well as normal tissue from a person with no malignant neoplasia, and determining whether the probe labels tissue of the patient to a degree significantly different (e.g., by at least a factor of two, or at least a factor of five, or at least a factor of twenty, or at least a factor of fifty) than the degree to which normal tissue is labelled. In situ hybridization may be performed either to DNA in the nucleus of said cell in tissues or to the mRNA in the cytoplasm to stain for transcriptional activity.
Polypeptide detection
The subject invention further provides a method of determining whether a cell sample obtained from a subject possesses an abnormal amount of marker polypeptide which comprises (a) obtaining a cell sample from the subject, (b) quantitatively determining the amount of the marker polypeptide in the sample so obtained, and (c) comparing the amount of the marker polypeptide so determined with a known standard, so as to thereby determine whether the cell sample obtained from the subject possesses an abnormal amount of the marker polypeptide. Such marker polypeptides may be detected by immunohistochemical assays, dot-blot assays, ELISA and the like. Antibodies
Any type of antibody known in the art can be generated to bind specifically to an epitope of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. An antibody as used herein includes intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab)2, and Fv, which are capable of binding an epitope of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. Typically, at least 6, 8, 10, or 12 contiguous amino acids are required to form an epitope. However, epitopes which involve noncontiguous amino acids may require more, e.g., at least 15, 25, or 50 amino acids.
An antibody which specifically binds to an epitope of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be used therapeutically, as well as in immunochemical assays, such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art. Various immunoassays can be used to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiomefric assays are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between an immunogen and an antibody which specifically binds to the immunogen.
Typically, an antibody which specifically binds to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide provides a detection signal at least 5-, 10-, or 20-fold higher than a detection signal provided with other proteins when used in an immunochemical assay. Preferably, antibodies which specifically bind to „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides do not detect other proteins in immunochemical assays and can immunoprecipitate a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide from solution.
„BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides can be used to immunize a mammal, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, monkey, or human, to produce polyclonal antibodies. If desired, a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be conjugated to a carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's adjuvant, mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), and surface active substances (e.g. lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, and dinifrophenol). Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum are especially useful.
Monoclonal antibodies which specifically bind to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV hybridoma technique [Kohler et al, 1985, (51].
In addition, techniques developed for the production of chimeric antibodies, the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used [Takeda et al., 1985, (52)]. Monoclonal and other antibodies also can be humanized to prevent a patient from mounting an immune response against the antibody when it is used therapeutically. Such antibodies may be sufficiently similar in sequence to human antibodies to be used directly in therapy or may require alteration of a few key residues. Sequence differences between rodent antibodies and human sequences can be minimized by replacing residues which differ from those in the human sequences by site directed mutagenesis of individual residues or by grating of entire complementarity determining regions. Alternatively, humanized antibodies can be produced using recombinant methods, as described in GB2188638B. Antibodies which specifically bind to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can contain antigen binding sites which are either partially or fully humanized, as disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,565,332.
Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies can be adapted using methods known in the art to produce single chain antibodies which specifically bind to „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, can be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries [Burton, 1991, (53)].
Single-chain antibodies also can be constructed using a DNA amplification method, such as PCR, using hybridoma cDNA as a template [Thirion et al., 1996, (54)]. Single-chain antibodies can be mono- or bispecific, and can be bivalent or tetravalent. Construction of tetravalent, bispecifϊc single-chain antibodies is taught, for example, in Coloma & Morrison, (55). Construction of bivalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught in Mallender & Voss, (56).
A nucleotide sequence encoding a single-chain antibody can be constructed using manual or automated nucleotide synthesis, cloned into an expression construct using standard recombinant DNA methods, and introduced into a cell to express the coding sequence, as described below. Alternatively, single-chain antibodies can be produced directly using, for example, filamentous phage technology [Verhaar et al., 1995, (57)].
Antibodies which specifically bind to „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides also can be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature [Orlandi et al., 1989, (58)].
Other types of antibodies can be constructed and used therapeutically in methods of the invention. For example, chimeric antibodies can be constructed as disclosed in WO 93/03151. Binding proteins which are derived from immunoglobulins and which are multivalent and multispecific, such as the antibodies described in WO 94/13804, also can be prepared.
Antibodies according to the invention can be purified by methods well known in the art. For example, antibodies can be affinity purified by passage over a column to which a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is bound. The bound antibodies can then be eluted from the column using a buffer with a high salt concentration.
Immunoassays are commonly used to quantify the levels of proteins in cell samples, and many other immunoassay techniques are known in the art. The invention is not limited to a particular assay procedure, and therefore is intended to include both homogeneous and heterogeneous procedures. Exemplary immunoassays which can be conducted according to the invention include fluorescence polarisation immunoassay (FPIA), fluorescence immunoassay (FIA), enzyme immunoassay (EIA), nephelometric inhibition immunoassay (NIA), enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), and radioimmunoassay (RIA). An indicator moiety, or label group, can be attached to the subject antibodies and is selected so as to meet the needs of various uses of the method which are often dictated by the availability of assay equipment and compatible immunoassay procedures. General techniques to be used in performing the various immunoassays noted above are known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
Other methods to quantify the level of a particular protein, or a protein fragment, or modified protein in a particular sample are based on flow-cytometric methods. Flow cytometry allows the identification of proteins on the cell surface as well as of intracellular proteins using fluorochrome labeled, protein specific antibodies or non-labeled antibodies in combination with fluorochrome labeled secondary antibodies. General techniques to be used in performing flow cytometric assays noted above are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. A special method based on the same principles is the microsphere-based flow cytometric. Microsphere beads are labeled with precise quantities of fluorescent dye and particular antibodies. Such techniques are provided by Luminex Inc. WO 97/14028. In another embodiment the level of a particular protein or a protein fragment, or modified protein in a particular sample may be determined by 2D gel-electrophoresis and/or mass spectrometry. Determination of protein nature, sequence, molecular mass as well charge can be achieved in one detection step. Mass spectrometry can be performed with methods known to those with skills in the art as MALDI, TOF, or combinations of these. In another embodiment, the level of the encoded product, i.e., the product encoded by any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65 or a sequence complementary thereto, in a biological fluid (e.g., blood or urine) of a patient may be determined as a way of monitoring the level of expression of the marker polynucleotide sequence in cells of that patient. Such a method would include the steps of obtaining a sample of a biological fluid from the patient, contacting the sample (or proteins from the sample) with an antibody specific for a encoded marker polypeptide, and determining the amount of immune complex formation by the antibody, with the amount of immune complex formation being indicative of the level of the marker encoded product in the sample. This determination is particularly instructive when compared to the amount of immune complex formation by the same antibody in a control sample taken from a normal individual or in one or more samples previously or subsequently obtained from the same person.
In another embodiment, the method can be used to determine the amount of marker polypeptide present in a cell, which in turn can be correlated with progression of the disorder, e.g., plaque formation. The level of the marker polypeptide can be used predictively to evaluate whether a sample of cells contains cells which are, or are predisposed towards becoming, plaque associated cells. The observation of marker polypeptide level can be utilized in decisions regarding, e.g., the use of more stringent therapies.
As set out above, one aspect of the present invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining, in the context of cells isolated from a patient, if the level of a marker polypeptide is significantly reduced in the sample cells. The term "significantly reduced" refers to a cell phenotype wherein the cell possesses a reduced cellular amount of the marker polypeptide relative to a normal cell of similar tissue origin. For example, a cell may have less than about 50%, 25%, 10%, or 5% of the marker polypeptide that a normal control cell. In particular, the assay evaluates the level of marker polypeptide in the test cells, and, preferably, compares the measured level with marker polypeptide detected in at least one control cell, e.g., a normal cell and/or a transformed cell of known phenotype.
Of particular importance to the subject invention is the ability to quantify the level of marker polypeptide as determined by the number of cells associated with a normal or abnormal marker polypeptide level. The number of cells with a particular marker polypeptide phenotype may then be correlated with patient prognosis. In one embodiment of the invention, the marker polypeptide phenotype of the lesion is determined as a percentage of cells in a biopsy which are found to have abnormally high/low levels of the marker polypeptide. Such expression may be detected by immunohistochemical assays, dot-blot assays, ELISA and the like. Im?nunohistochemistrv
Where tissue samples are employed, immunohistochemical staining may be used to determine the number of cells having the marker polypeptide phenotype. For such staining, a multiblock of tissue is taken from the biopsy or other tissue sample and subjected to proteolytic hydrolysis, employing such agents as protease K or pepsin. In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to isolate a nuclear fraction from the sample cells and detect the level of the marker polypeptide in the nuclear fraction.
The tissues samples are fixed by treatment with a reagent such as formalin, glutaraldehyde, methanol, or the like. The samples are then incubated with an antibody, preferably a monoclonal antibody, with binding specificity for the marker polypeptides. This antibody may be conjugated to a Label for subsequent detection of binding, samples are incubated for a time Sufficient for formation of the immunocornplexes. Binding of the antibody is then detected by virtue of a Label conjugated to this antibody. Where the antibody is unlabelled, a second labeled antibody may be employed, e.g., which is specific for the isotype of the anti-marker polypeptide antibody. Examples of labels which may be employed include radionuclides, fluorescence, chemoluminescence, and enzymes.
Where enzymes are employed, the Substrate for the enzyme may be added to the samples to provide a colored or fluorescent product. Examples of suitable enzymes for use in conjugates include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, malate dehydrogenase and the like. Where not commercially available, such antibody-enzyme conjugates are readily produced by techniques known to those skilled in the art.
In one embodiment, the assay is performed as a dot blot assay. The dot blot assay finds particular application where tissue samples are employed as it allows determination of the average amount of the marker polypeptide associated with a Single cell by correlating the amount of marker polypeptide in a cell-free extract produced from a predetermined number of cells.
In yet another embodiment, the invention contemplates using a panel of antibodies which are generated against the marker polypeptides of this invention, which polypeptides are encoded by any of the polynucleotide sequences of the SEQ ID NO: 1 to 65. Such a panel of antibodies may be used as a reliable diagnostic probe for breast cancer. The assay of the present invention comprises contacting a biopsy sample containing cells, e.g., macrophages, with a panel of antibodies to one or more of the encoded products to determine the presence or absence of the marker polypeptides. The diagnostic methods of the subject invention may also be employed as follow-up to treatment, e.g., quantification of the level of marker polypeptides may be indicative of the effectiveness of current or previously employed therapies for malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular as well as the effect of these therapies upon patient prognosis.
The diagnostic assays described above can be adapted to be used as prognostic assays, as well. Such an application takes advantage of the sensitivity of the assays of the Invention to events which take place at characteristic stages in the progression of plaque generation in case of malignant neoplasia. For example, a given marker gene may be up- or down-regulated at a very early stage, perhaps before the cell is developing into a foam cell, while another marker gene may be characteristically up or down regulated only at a much later stage. Such a method could involve the steps of contacting the mRNA of a test cell with a polynucleotide probe derived from a given marker polynucleotide which is expressed at different characteristic levels in breast cancer tissue cells at different stages of malignant neoplasia progression, and determining the approximate amount of hybridization of the probe to the mRNA of the cell, such amount being an indication of the level of expression of the gene in the cell, and thus an indication of the stage of disease progression of the cell; alternatively, the assay can be carried out with an antibody specific for the gene product of the given marker polynucleotide, contacted with the proteins of the test cell. A battery of such tests will disclose not only the existence of a certain neoplastic lesion, but also will allow the clinician to select the mode of freatment most appropriate for the disease, and to predict the likelihood of success of that treatment.
The methods of the invention can also be used to follow the clinical course of a given breast cancer predisposition. For example, the assay of the Invention can be applied to a blood sample from a patient; following treatment of the patient for BREAST CANCER, another blood sample is taken and the test repeated. Successful treatment will result in removal of demonstrate differential expression, characteristic of the breast cancer tissue cells, perhaps approaching or even suφassing normal levels.
Polypeptide activity
In one embodiment the present invention provides a method for screening potentially therapeutic agents which modulate the activity of one or more "BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides, such that if the activity of the polypeptide is increased as a result of the upregulation of the "BREAST CANCER GENE" in a subject having or at risk for malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in particular, the therapeutic substance will decrease the activity of the polypeptide relative to the activity of the some polypeptide in a subject not having or not at risk for malignant neoplasia or breast cancer in particular but not treated with the therapeutic agent. Likewise, if the activity of the polypeptide as a result of the downregulation of the "BREAST CANCER GENE" is decreased in a subject having or at risk for malignant neoplasia or breast cancer in particular, the therapeutic agent will increase the activity of the polypeptide relative to the activity of the same polypeptide in a subject not having or not at risk for malignant neoplasia or breast cancer in particular, but not treated with the therapeutic agent.
The activity of the "BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides indicated in Table 1 or 3 may be measured by any means known to those of skill in the art, and which are particular for the type of activity performed by the particular polypeptide. Examples of specific assays which may be used to measure the activity of particular polynucleotides are shown below.
a) Ion channels
Ion channels are integral membrane proteins involved in electrical signaling, transmembrane signal transduction, and electrolyte and solute transport. By forming macromolecular pores through the membrane lipid bilayer, ion channels account for the flow of specific ion species driven by the electrochemical potential gradient for the permeating ion. At the single molecule level, individual channels undergo conformational transitions ("gating") between the 'open' (ion conducting) and 'closed' (non conducting) state. Typical single channel openings last for a few milliseconds and result in elementary transmembrane currents in the range of 10"9 - 10"12 Ampere. Channel gating is controlled by various chemical and/or biophysical parameters, such as neurotransmitters and infracellular second messengers ('ligand-gated' channels) or membrane potential ('voltage-gated1 channels). Ion channels are functionally characterized by their ion selectivity, gating properties, and regulation by hormones and pharmacological agents. Because of their central role in signaling and transport processes, ion channels present ideal targets for pharmacological therapeutics in various pathophysiological settings.
In one embodiment, the "BREAST CANCER GENE" may encode an ion channel. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of screening potential activators or inhibitors of channels activity of the "BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. Screening for compounds interaction with ion channels to either inhibit or promote their activity can be based on (1.) binding and (2.) functional assays in living cells [Hille (74)].
1. For ligand-gated channels, e.g. ionotropic neurotransmitter/hormone receptors, assays can be designed detecting binding to the target by competition between the compound and a labeled ligand. 2. Ion channel function can be tested functionally in living cells. Target proteins are either expressed endogenously in appropriate reporter cells or are introduced recombinantly. Channel activity can be monitored by (2.1) concentration changes of the permeating ion (most prominently Ca2+ ions), (2.2) by changes in the transmembrane electrical potential gradient, and (2.3) by measuring a cellular response (e.g. expression of a reporter gene, secretion of a neurotransmitter) triggered or modulated by the target activity.
2.1 Channel activity results in transmembrane ion fluxes. Thus activation of ionic channels can be monitored by the resulting changes in intracellular ion concentrations using luminescent or fluorescent indicators. Because of its wide dynamic range and availability of suitable indicators this applies particularly to changes in intracellular Ca2+ ion concentration ([Ca2+];). [Ca2+]ι can be measured, for example, by aequorin luminescence or fluorescence dye technology (e.g. using Fluo-3, frιdo-1, Fura-2). Cellular assays can be designed where either the Ca2+ flux through the target channel itself is measured directly or where modulation of the target channel affects membrane potential and thereby the activity of co-expressed voltage-gated Ca2+ channels.
2.2 Ion channel currents result in changes of electrical membrane potential (Vra) which can be monitored directly using potentiometric fluorescent probes. These electrically charged indicators (e.g. the anionic oxonol dye DiBAC4(3)) redistribute between extra- and intracellular compartment in response to voltage changes. The equilibrium distribution is governed by the Nernst-equation. Thus changes in membrane potential results in concomitant changes in cellular fluorescence. Again, changes in Vm might be caused directly by the activity of the target ion channel or through amplification and/or prolongation of the signal by channels co-expressed in the same cell.
2.3 Target channel activity can cause cellular Ca2+ entry either directly or through activation of additional Ca2+ channel (see 2.1). The resulting intracellular Ca2+ signals regulate a variety of cellular responses, e.g. secretion or gene transcription. Therefore modulation of the target channel can be detected by monitoring secretion of a known hormone/transmitter from the target-expressing cell or through expression of a reporter gene (e.g. luciferase) controlled by an Ca2+-responsive promoter element (e.g. cyclic AMP/ Ca2+-responsive elements; CRE).
b) DNA-binding proteins and transcription factors
In one embodiment, the "BREAST CANCER GENE" may encode a DNA-binding protein or a transcription factor. The activity of such a DNA-binding protein or a transcription factor may be measured, for example, by a promoter assay which measures the ability of the DNA-binding protein or the transcription factor to initiate transcription of a test sequence linked to a particular promoter. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of screening test compounds for its ability to modulate the activity of such a DNA-binding protein or a transcription factor by measuring the changes in the expression of a test gene which is regulated by a promoter which is responsive to the transcription factor.
Promoter assays
A promoter assay was set up with a human hepatocellular carcinoma cell HepG2 that was stably fransfected with a luciferase gene under the control of a gene of interest (e.g. thyroid hormone) regulated promoter. The vector 2xIR01uc, which was used for fransfection, carries a thyroid hormone responsive element (TRE) of two 12 bp inverted palindromes separated by an 8 bp spacer in front of a tk minimal promoter and the luciferase gene. Test cultures were seeded in 96 well plates in serum - free Eagle's Minimal Essential Medium supplemented with glutamine, tricine, sodium pyruvate, non - essential amino acids, insulin, selen, transferrin, and were cultivated in a humidified atmosphere at 10 % C02 at 37°C. After 48 hours of incubation serial dilutions of test compounds or reference compounds (L-T3, L-T4 e.g.) and co-stimulator if appropriate (final concentration 1 nM) were added to the cell cultures and incubation was continued for the optimal time (e.g. another 4-72 hours). The cells were then lysed by addition of buffer containing Triton XI 00 and luciferin and the luminescence of luciferase induced by T3 or other compounds was measured in a luminometer. For each concenfration of a test compound replicates of 4 were tested. EC50 - values for each test compound were calculated by use of the Graph Pad Prism Scientific software.
Screening Methods
The invention provides assays for screening test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide. A test compound preferably binds to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or polynucleotide. More preferably, a test compound decreases or increases „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence of the test compound.
Test Compounds
Test compounds can be pharmacological agents already known in the art or can be compounds previously unknown to have any pharmacological activity. The compounds can be naturally occurring or designed in the laboratory. They can be isolated from microorganisms, animals, or plants, and can be produced recombinant, or synthesised by chemical methods known in the art. If desired, test compounds can be obtained using any of the numerous combinatorial library methods known in the art, including but not limited to, biological libraries, spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries, synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution, the one- bead one-compound library method, and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to polypeptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to polypeptide, non-peptide oligomer, or small molecule libraries of compounds. [For review see Lam, 1997, (59)].
Methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries are well known in the art [see, for example, Gallop et al., 1994, (60). Libraries of compounds can be presented in solution [see, e.g., Houghten, 1992, (61)], or on beads [Lam, 1991, (62)], DNA-chips [Fodor, 1993, (63)], bacteria or spores (Ladner, U.S. Patent 5,223,409), plasmids [Cull et al., 1992, (64)], or phage [Scott & Smith, 1990, (65)].
High Throughput Screening
Test compounds can be screened for the ability to bind to „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides or polynucleotides or to affect „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity or „BREAST CANCER GENE" expression using high throughput screening. Using high throughput screening, many discrete compounds can be tested in parallel so that large numbers of test compounds can be quickly screened. The most widely established techniques utilize 96-well, 384-well or 1536-well microtiter plates. The wells of the microtiter plates typically require assay volumes that range from 5 to 500 μl. In addition to the plates, many instruments, materials, pipettors, robotics, plate washers, and plate readers are commercially available to fit the microwell formats.
Alternatively, free format assays, or assays that have no physical barrier between samples, can be used. For example, an assay using pigment cells (melanocytes) in a simple homogeneous assay for combinatorial peptide libraries is described by Jayawickreme et al., (66). The cells are placed under -agarose in culture dishes, then beads that carry combinatorial compounds are placed on the surface of the agarose. The combinatorial compounds are partially released the compounds from the beads. Active compounds can be visualised as dark pigment areas because, as the compounds diffuse locally into the gel matrix, the active compounds cause the cells to change colors.
Another example of a free format assay is described by Chelsky, (67). Chelsky placed a simple homogenous enzyme assay for carbonic anhydrase inside an agarose gel such that the enzyme in the gel would cause a color change throughout the gel. Thereafter, beads carrying combinatorial compounds via a photolinker were placed inside the gel and the compounds were partially released by UV light. Compounds that inhibited the enzyme were observed as local zones of inhibition having less color change.
In another example, combinatorial libraries were screened for compounds that had cytotoxic effects on cancer cells growing in agar [Salmon et al., 1996, (68)].
Another high throughput screening method is described in Beutel et al., U.S. Patent 5,976,813. In this method, test samples are placed in a porous matrix. One or more assay components are then placed within, on top of, or at the bottom of a matrix such as a gel, a plastic sheet, a filter, or other form of easily manipulated solid support. When samples are introduced to the porous matrix they diffuse sufficiently slowly, such that the assays can be performed without the test samples running together.
Binding Assays
For binding assays, the test compound is preferably a small molecule which binds to and occupies, for example, the ATP/GTP binding site of the enzyme or the active site of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, such that normal biological activity is prevented. Examples of such small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules.
In binding assays, either the test compound or a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase. Detection of a test compound which is bound to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can then be accomplished, for example, by direct counting of radioemmission, by scintillation counting, or by determining conversion of an appropriate substrate to a detectable product.
Alternatively, binding of a test compound to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be determined without labeling either of the interactants. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect binding of a test compound with a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide. A microphysiometer (e.g., CytosensorJ) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a test compound and a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide [McConnell et al., 1992, (69)].
Determining the ability of a test compound to bind to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide also can be accomplished using a technology such as real-time Bimolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) [Szabo et al., 1995, (70)]. BIA is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore™). Changes in the optical phenomenon surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.
In yet another aspect of the invention, a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be used as a "bait protein" in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay [see, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,283,317; Brent WO 94/10300], to identify other proteins which bind to or interact with the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide and modulate its activity.
The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most franscription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. For example, in one construct, polynucleotide encoding a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be fused to a polynucleotide encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL4). In the other construct a DNA sequence that encodes an unidentified protein ("prey" or "sample") can be fused to a polynucleotide that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the "bait" and the "prey" proteins are able to interact in vivo to form an protein- dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ), which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected, and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the DNA sequence encoding the protein which interacts with the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
It may be desirable to immobilize either a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or the test compound to facilitate separation of bound from unbound forms of one or both of the interactants, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Thus, either a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or the test compound can be bound to a solid support. Suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass or plastic slides, tissue culture plates, microtiter wells, tubes, silicon chips, or particles such as beads (including, but not limited to, latex, polystyrene, or glass beads). Any method known in the art can be used to attach a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound to a solid support, including use of covalent and non-covalent linkages, passive absoφtion, or pairs of binding moieties attached respectively to the polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound and the solid support. Test compounds are preferably bound to the solid support in an array, so that the location of individual test compounds can be tracked. Binding of a test compound to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and microcentrifuge tubes.
In one embodiment, a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide is a fusion protein comprising a domain that allows the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide to be bound to a solid support. For example, glutathione S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and the nonadsorbed „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide; the mixture is then incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components. Binding of the interactants can be determined either directly or indirectly, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the solid support before binding is determined.
Other techniques for immobilising proteins or polynucleotides on a solid support also can be used in the screening assays of the invention. For example, either a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or a test compound can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptides (or polynucleotides) or test compounds can be prepared from biotin NHS (N-hydroxysuccinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, HI.) and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies which specifically bind to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, polynucleotide, or a test compound, but which do not interfere with a desired binding site, such as the ATP/GTP binding site or the active site of the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, can be derivatised to the wells of the plate. Unbound target or protein can be trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST- immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies which specifically bind to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or test compound, enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an activity of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, and SDS gel electrophoresis under non-reducing conditions.
Screening for test compounds which bind to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or polynucleotide also can be carried out in an intact cell. Any cell which comprises a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system. A „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Binding of the test compound to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide or polynucleotide is determined as described above.
Modulation of Gene Expression
In another embodiment, test compounds which increase or decrease „BREAST CANCER GENE" expression are identified. A „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide is contacted with a test compound in an approriate expression test system as described below or in a cell system, and the expression of an RNA or polypeptide product of the „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide is determined. The level of expression of appropriate mRNA or polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is compared to the level of expression of mRNA or polypeptide in the absence of the test compound. The test compound can then be identified as a modulator of expression based on this comparison. For example, when expression of mRNA or polypeptide is greater in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as a stimulator or enhancer of the mRNA or polypeptide expression. Alternatively, when expression of the mRNA or polypeptide is less in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of the mRNA or polypeptide expression.
The level of „BREAST CANCER GENE" mRNA or polypeptide expression in the cells can be determined by methods well known in the art for detecting mRNA or polypeptide. Either qualitative or quantitative methods can be used. The presence of polypeptide products of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be determined, for example, using a variety of techniques known in the art, including immunochemical methods such as radioimmunoassay, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry. Alternatively, polypeptide synthesis can be determined in vivo, in a cell culture, or in an in vitro translation system by detecting incoφoration of labeled amino acids into a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide.
Such screening can be carried out either in a cell-free assay system or in an intact cell. Any cell which expresses a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system. A „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Either a primary culture or an established cell line, such as CHO or human embryonic kidney 293 cells, can be used.
Therapeutic Indications and Methods
Therapies for treatment of breast cancer primarily relied upon effective chemotherapeutic drugs for intervention on the cell proliferation, cell growth or angiogenesis. The advent of genomics- driven molecular target identification has opened up the possibility of identifying new breast cancer-specific targets for therapeutic intervention that will provide safer, more effective treatments for malignant neoplasia patients and breast cancer patients in particular. Thus, newly discovered breast cancer-associated genes and their products can be used as tools to develop innovative therapies. The identification of the Her2/neu receptor kinase presents exciting new opportunities for treatment of a certain subset of tumor patients as described before. Genes playing important roles in any of the physiological processes outlined above can be characterized as breast cancer targets. Genes or gene fragments identified through genomics can readily be expressed in one or more heterologous expression systems to produce functional recombinant proteins. These proteins are characterized in vitro for their biochemical properties and then used as tools in high- throughput molecular screening programs to identify chemical modulators of their biochemical activities. Modulators of target gene expression or protein activity can be identified in this manner and subsequently tested in cellular and in vivo disease models for therapeutic activity. Optimization - of lead compounds with iterative testing in biological models and detailed pharmacokinetic and toxicological analyses form the basis for drug development and subsequent testing in humans.
This invention further pertains to the use of novel agents identified by the screening assays described above. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to use a test compound identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model. For example, an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a modulating agent, an antisense polynucleotide molecule, a specific antibody, ribozyme, or a human „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide binding molecule) can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent. Alternatively, an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent. Furthermore, this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above described screening assays for treatments as described herein.
A reagent which affects human „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity can be administered to a human cell, either in vitro or in vivo, to reduce or increase human „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity. The reagent preferably binds to an expression product of a human „BREAST CANCER GENE". If the expression product is a protein, the reagent is preferably an antibody. For treatment of human cells ex vivo, an antibody can be added to a preparation of stem cells which have been removed from the body. The cells can then be replaced in the same or another human body, with or without clonal propagation, as is known in the art.
In one embodiment, the reagent is delivered using a liposome. Preferably, the liposome is stable in the animal into which it has been administered for at least about 30 minutes, more preferably for at least about 1 hour, and even more preferably for at least about 24 hours. A liposome comprises a lipid composition that is capable of targeting a reagent, particularly a polynucleotide, to a particular site in an animal, such as a human. Preferably, the lipid composition of the liposome is capable of targeting to a specific organ of an animal, such as the lung, liver, spleen, heart brain, lymph nodes, and skin.
A liposome useful in the present invention comprises a lipid composition that is capable of fusing with the plasma membrane of the targeted cell to deliver its contents to the cell. Preferably, the transfection efficiency of a liposome is about 0.5 μg of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 106 cells, more preferably about 1.0 μg of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 106 cells, and even more preferably about 2.0 μg of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 106 cells. Preferably, a liposome is between about 100 and 500 nm, more preferably between about 150 and 450 nm, and even more preferably between about 200 and 400 nm in diameter.
Suitable liposomes for use in the present invention include those liposomes usually used in, for example, gene delivery methods known to those of skill in the art. More preferred liposomes include liposomes having a polycationic lipid composition and/or liposomes having a cholesterol backbone conjugated to polyethylene glycol. Optionally, a liposome comprises a compound capable of targeting the liposome to a particular cell type, such as a cell-specific ligand exposed on the outer surface of the liposome.
Complexing a liposome with a reagent such as an antisense oligonucleotide or ribozyme can be achieved using methods which are standard in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent 5,705,151). Preferably, from about 0.1 μg to about 10 μg of polynucleotide is combined with about 8 nmol of liposomes, more preferably from about 0.5 μg to about 5 μg of polynucleotides are combined with about 8 nmol liposomes, and even more preferably about 1.0 μg of polynucleotides is combined with about 8 nmol liposomes.
In another embodiment, antibodies can be delivered to specific tissues in vivo using receptor- mediated targeted delivery. Receptor-mediated DNA delivery techniques are taught in, for example, Findeis et al., 1993, (71); Chiou et al., 1994, (72)].
Determination of a Therapeutically Effective Dose
The determination of a therapeutically effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient which increases or decreases human „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity relative to the human „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity which occurs in the absence of the therapeutically effective dose.
For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. The animal model also can be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity, e.g., ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) and LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population), can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, LD50/ED50.
Pharmaceutical compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies is used in formulating a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject that requires treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active ingredient or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which can be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions can be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
Normal dosage amounts can vary from 0.1 to 100,000 micrograms, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be .specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc.
If the reagent is a single-chain antibody, polynucleotides encoding the antibody can be constructed and introduced into a cell either ex vivo or in vivo using well-established techniques including, but not limited to, transferrin-polycation-mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome-mediated cellular fusion, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, a gene gun, and DEAE- or calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
Effective in vivo dosages of an antibody are in the range of about 5 μg to about 50 μg/kg, about 50 μg to about 5 mg/kg, about 100 μg to about 500 μg kg of patient body weight, and about 200 to about 250 μg/kg of patient body weight. For administration of polynucleotides encoding single- chain antibodies, effective in vivo dosages are in the range of about 100 ng to about 200 ng, 500 ng to about 50 mg, about 1 μg to about 2 mg, about 5 μg to about 500 μg, and about 20 μg to about 100 μg of DNA.
If the expression product is mRNA, the reagent is preferably an antisense oligonucleotide or a ribozyme. Polynucleotides which express antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes can be introduced into cells by a variety of methods, as described above.
Preferably, a reagent reduces expression of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" gene or the activity of a "BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence of the reagent. The effectiveness of the mechanism chosen to decrease the level of expression of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" gene or the activity of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide can be assessed using methods well known in the art, such as hybridization of nucleotide probes to „BREAST CANCER GENE"- specific mRNA, quantitative RT-PCR, immunologic detection of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, or measurement of „BREAST CANCER GENE" activity.
In any of the embodiments described above, any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy can be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents can act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
Any of the therapeutic methods described above can be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, birds and mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, pigs, sheep, goats, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans. All patents and patent applications cited in this disclosure are expressly incoφorated herein by reference. The above disclosure generally describes the present invention. A more complete understanding can be obtained by reference to the following specific examples which are provided for puφoses of illustration only and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions which can be administered to a patient to achieve a therapeutic effect. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can comprise, for example, a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, „BREAST CANCER GENE" polynucleotide, ribozymes or antisense oligonucleotides, antibodies which specifically bind to a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide, or mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of a „BREAST CANCER GENE" polypeptide activity. The compositions can be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as stabilizing compound, which can be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier, including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water. The compositions can be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drugs or hormones.
In addition to the active ingredients, these pharmaceutical compositions can contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, infravenous, intramuscular, infraarterial, inframeduUary, infrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, parenteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means. Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained through combination of active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. suitable excipients are carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; gums including arabic and tragacanth; and proteins such as gelatin and collagen. If desired, disintegrating or solubilizing agents can be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, alginic acid, or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cores can be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which also can contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage.
Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with a filler or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds can be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers.
Pharmaceutical formulations suitable for parenteral administration can be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline. Aqueous injection suspensions can contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or friglycerides, or liposomes. Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers also can be used for delivery. Optionally, the suspension also can contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. For topical or nasal adminisfration, penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be manufactured in a manner that is known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes. The pharmaceutical composition can be provided as a salt and can be formed with many acids, including but not limited to, hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc. Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents than are the corresponding free base forms. In other cases, the preferred preparation can be a lyophilized powder which can contain any or all of the following: 150 mM histidine, 0.1%2% sucrose, and 27% mannitol, at a pH range of 4.5 to 5.5, that is combined with buffer prior to use. Further details on techniques for formulation and administration can be found in the latest edition of REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (73). After pharmaceutical compositions have been prepared, they can be placed in an appropriate container and labeled for freatment of an indicated condition. Such labeling would include amount, frequency, and method of administration.
One strategy for identifying genes that are involved in breast cancer is to detect genes that are expressed differentially under conditions associated with the disease versus non-disease or in the context of therapy response conditions. The sub-sections below describe a number of experimental systems which can be used to detect such differentially expressed genes. In general, these experimental systems include at least one experimental condition in which subjects or samples are freated in a manner associated with breast cancer, in addition to at least one experimental confrol condition lacking such disease associated freatment or does not respond to such freatment. Differentially expressed genes are detected, as described below, by comparing the pattern of gene expression between the experimental and control conditions.
Once a particular gene has been identified through the use of one such experiment, its expression pattern may be further characterized by studying its expression in a different experiment and the findings may be validated by an independent technique. Such use of multiple experiments may be useful in distinguishing the roles and relative importance of particular genes in breast cancer and the freatment thereof. A combined approach, comparing gene expression pattern in cells derived from breast cancer patients to those of in vitro cell culture models can give substantial hints on the pathways involved in development and/or progression of breast cancer. It can also elucidate the role of such genes in the development of resistance or insensitivity to certain therapeutic agents (e.g. chemotherapeutic drugs).
Among the experiments which may be utilized for the identification of differentially expressed genes involved in malignant neoplasia and breast cancer in paticular, are experiments designed to analyze those genes which are involved in signal fransduction. Such experiments may serve to identify genes involved in the proliferation of cells.
Below are methods described for the identification of genes which are involved in breast cancer. Such represent genes which are differentially expressed in breast cancer conditions relative to their expression in normal, or non-breast cancer conditions or upon experimental manipulation based on clinical observations. Such differentially expressed genes represent "target" and/or "marker" genes. Methods for the further characterization of such differentially expressed genes, and for their identification as target and or marker genes, are presented below. Alternatively, a differentially expressed gene may have its expression modulated, i.e., quantitatively increased or decreased, in normal versus breast cancer states, or under control versus experimental conditions. The degree to which expression differs in normal versus breast cancer or confrol versus experimental states need only be large enough to be visualized via standard characterization techniques, such as, for example, the differential display technique described below. Other such standard characterization techniques by which expression differences may be visualized include but are not limited to quantitative RT-PCR and Northern analyses, which are well known to those of skill in the art.
In Addition to the experiments described above the following describes algorithms and statistical analyses which can be utilized for data evaluation and for the classification as well as response prediction for a sofar not classsified biological sample in the context of control samples. Predictive algorithms and equations described below have already shown their power to subdivide individual cancers.
EXAMPLE 1
Withdrawl of clinical specimens and isolation of nucleic acids
Patients with primary breast cancer with neoadjuvant epirubicin/cyclophosphamide (EC) or epirubicin/taxol (ET) treatment (Table 4) were selected for analysis. The neoadjuvant chemotherapy consisted of epirubicin 90 mg m2 day 1 in a short i.v. infusion, and cyclophosphamide 600 mg m2 day 1 or taxol 175 mg m2 day 1 short i.v. infusion. The study requirements were that participants have an unfreated primary breast cancer disease that was amenable to serial core biopsies and that was going to be treated with EC or ET chemotherapy as the first therapeutic intervention prior to surgery. Serial core biopsies of the primary tumor were performed prior to freatment and 24 hours post the initiation of the first course of the neoadjuvant chemotherapy. The biopsies were obtained from a locally anesthetized region using Bard® MAGNUM™ Biopsy Instrument (C. R. Bard, Inc., Covington, U. S.) with Bard® Magnum biopsy needles (BIP GmbH, Tuerkenfeld, Germany). The serial biopsies were taken from a distinct area of the tumor using a 90° angle and an additional skin entry site. This approach was taken to ensure a high percentage of tumor material within the sample. All biopsy samples were snap-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at -80°C until further processing. Hematoxilin eosin-stained sections from tumor specimens were examined to assess the relative amounts of tumor cells, benign epithelium, stroma, and lymphocytes. Standard clinical parameters, such as ER, PgR, ki-67, p53, cerbB2 HER2neu, have been routinely defined using bio- and or immunohistochemical methods established in our laboratory (Table 4). Total RNA from tissue specimens was extracted by the guanidine-isothiocyanate method followed by phenol/chloroform extraction and DNase freatment using the recommended protocol for the Atlas™ Pure Total RNA Labeling System (BD Biosciences Clontech, Heidelberg, Germany). Total RNA was quantified using UV spectrophotometry (Photometer ECOM 6122, Eppendorf AG, Hamburg, Germany) and the quality and integrity was confirmed by electrophoresis of 0.5 μg isolated RNA on 1% formamide agarose gels. Additionally, RNA specimens were analyzed by microcapillary electrophoresis on LabChips using the Agilent 2100 bioanalyzer (Agilent Technologies GmbH, Boeblingen, Germany) following the manufacturer's instructions.
EXAMPLE 2
Expression profiling utilizing quantitative kinetic RT-PCR
For a detailed analysis of gene expression by quantitative PCR methods, one will utilize primers flanking the genomic region of interest and a fluorescent labeled probe hybridizing in-between. Using the PRISM 7700 Sequence Detection System of PE Applied Biosystems (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, CA, USA) with the technique of a fluorogenic probe, consisting of an oligonucleotide labeled with both a fluorescent reporter dye and a quencher dye, one can perform such a expression measurement. Amplification of the probe-specific product causes cleavage of the probe, generating an increase in reporter fluorescence. Primers and probes were selected using the Primer Express software and localized mostly in the 3' region of the coding sequence or in the 3' untranslated region. All primer pairs were checked for specificity by conventional PCR reactions and gel electrophoresis. To standardize the amount of sample RNA, GAPDH was selected as a reference, since it was not differentially regulated in the samples analyzed. To performe such an expression analysis of genes within a biological samples the respective primer/probes are prepared by mixing 25 μl of the 100 μM stock solution "Upper Primer", 25 μl of the 100 μM stock solution "Lower Primer" with 12,5 μl of the 100 μM stock solution TaqMan-probe (FAM/Tamra) and adjusted to 500 μl with aqua dest (Primer/probe-mix). For each reaction 1,25 μl cDNA of the patient samples were mixed with 8,75 μl nuclease-free water and added to one well of a 96 Well- Optical Reaction Plate (Applied Biosystems Part No. 4306737). 1,5 μl of the Primer/Probe-mix described above, 12,5μl Taq Man Universal-PCR-mix (2x) (Applied Biosystems Part No. 4318157) and 1 μl Water are then added. The 96 well plates are closed with 8 Caps/Strips (Applied Biosystems Part Number 4323032) and cenfrifuged for 3 minutes. Measurements of the PCR reaction are done according to the instructions of the manufacturer with a TaqMan 7900 HT from Applied Biosystems (No. 20114) under appropriate conditions (2 min. 50°C, 10 min. 95°C, 0.15min. 95°C, 1 min. 60°C; 40 cycles). Prior to the maesurement of so far unclassified biological samples control experiments will e.g. cell lines, healthy control samples, samples of defined therapy response could be used for standardization of the experimental conditions.
TaqMan validation experiments were performed showing that the efficiencies of the target and the control amplifications are approximately equal which is a prerequisite for the relative quantification of gene expression by the comparative AAC method, known to those with skills in the art. Herefor the SoftwareSDS 2.0 from Applied Biosystems can be used according to the respective instructions. CT-values are then further analyzed with appropriate software (Microsoft Excel™) of statistical software packages (SAS).
As well as the technology described above, provided by Perkin Elmer, one may use other technique implementations like Lightcycler ™ from Roche Inc. or iCycler from Sfratagene fric.capable of real time detection of an RT-PCR reaction.
EXAMPLE 3
Expression profiling utilizing DNA microarrays
Expression profiling can bee carried out using the Affymetrix Array Technology. By hybridization of mRNA to such a DNA-array or DNA-Chip, it is possible to identify the expression value of each transcripts due to signal intensity at certain position of the array. Usually these DNA-arrays are produced by spotting of cDNA, oligonucleotides or subcloned DNA fragments. In case of Affymetrix technology app. 400.000 individual oligonucleotide sequences were synthesized on the surface of a silicon wafer at distinct positions. The minimal length of oligomers is 12 nucleotides, preferable 25 nucleotides or full length of the questioned transcript. Expression profiling may also be carried out by hybridization to nylon or nifro-cellulose membrane bound DNA or oligonucleotides. Detection of signals derived from hybridization may be obtained by either colorimefric, fluorescent, electrochemical, electronic, optic or by radioactive readout. Detailed description of array construction have been mentioned above and in other patents cited. To determine the quantitative and qualitative changes in the chromosomal region to analyze, RNA from tumor tissue which is suspected to contain such genomic alterations has to be compared to RNA extracted from benign tissue (e.g. epithelial breast tissue, or micro dissected ductal tissue) on the basis of expression profiles for the whole transcriptome. With minor modifications, the sample preparation protocol followed the Affymetrix GeneChip Expression Analysis Manual (Santa Clara, CA). Total RNA extraction and isolation from tumor or benign tissues, biopsies, cell isolates or cell containing body fluids can be performed by using TRIzol (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD) and Oligotex mRNA Midi kit (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany), and an ethanol precipitation step should be carried out to bring the concenfration to 1 mg/ml. Using 5-10 mg of mRNA to create double stranded cDNA by the Superscript system (Life Technologies). First strand cDNA synthesis was primed with a T7-(dT24) oligonucleotide. The cDNA can be extracted with phenol/chloroform and precipitated with ethanol to a final concentration of lmg /ml. From the generated cDNA, cRNA can be synthesized using Enzo's (Enzo Diagnostics Inc., Farmingdale, NY) in vitro Transcription Kit. Within the same step the cRNA can be labeled with biotin nucleotides Bio-11-CTP and Bio- 16-UTP (Enzo Diagnostics Inc., Farmingdale, NY) . After labeling and cleanup (Qiagen, Hilden (Germany) the cRNA then should be fragmented in an appropriated fragmentation buffer (e.g., 40 mM Tris-Acetate, pH 8.1, 100 mM KOAc, 30 mM MgOAc, for 35 minutes at 94 °C). As per the Affymetrix protocol, fragmented cRNA should be hybridized on the HG_U133 arrays A and B, comprising app. 40.000 probed transcripts each, for 24 hours at 60 φm in a 45 °C hybridization oven. After Hybridization step the chip surfaces have to be washed and stained with streptavidin phycoerythrin (SAPE; Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) in Affymetrix fluidics stations. To amplify staining, a second labeling step can be introduced, which is recommended but not compulsive. Here one should add SAPE solution twice with an antistreptavidin biotinylated antibody. Hybridization to the probe arrays may be detected by fluoromefric scanning (Hewlett Packard Gene Array Scanner; Hewlett Packard Coφoration, Palo Alto, CA).
After hybridization and scanning, the microarray images can be analyzed for quality confrol, looking for major chip defects or abnormalities in hybridization signal. Therefor either Affymetrix GeneChip MAS 5.0 Software or other microarray image analysis software can be utilized. Primary data analysis should be carried out by software provided by the manufacturer..
In case of the genes analyses in one embodiment of this invention the primary data have been analyzed by further bioinformatic tools and additional filter criteria. The bioinformatic analysis is described in detail below.
EXAMPLE 4
Data analysis from expression profiling experiments
According to Affymetrix measurement technique (Affymetrix GeneChip Expression Analysis Manual, Santa Clara, CA) a single gene expression measurement on one chip yields the average difference value and the absolute call. Each chip contains 16-20 oligonucleotide probe pairs per gene or cDNA clone. These probe pairs include perfectly matched sets and mismatched sets, both of which are necessary for the calculation of the average difference, or expression value, a measure of the intensity difference for each probe pair, calculated by subtracting the intensity of the mismatch from the intensity of the perfect match. This takes into consideration variability in hybridization among probe pairs and other hybridization artifacts that could affect the fluorescence intensities. The average difference is a numeric value supposed to represent the expression value of that gene. The absolute call can take the values 'A' (absent), 'M' (marginal), or 'P' (present) and denotes the quality of a single hybridization. We used both the quantitative information given by the average difference and the qualitative information given by the absolute call to identify the genes which are differentially expressed in biological samples from individuals with breast cancer versus biological samples from the normal population. With other algorithms than the Affymetrix one we have obtained different numerical values representing the same expression values and expression differences upon comparison.
The differential expression E in one of the breast cancer groups compared to the normal population is calculated as follows. Given n average difference values dl5 d2, ..., dn in the breast cancer population and m average difference values c1; c2, ..., cm in the population of normal individuals, it is computed by the equation:
E ≡ (equation 1)
Figure imgf000084_0001
If dj<50 or Cj<50 for one or more values of i and j, these particular values Cj and/or dj are set to an "artificial" expression value of 50. These particular computation of E allows for a correct comparison to TaqMan results.
A gene is called up-regulated in breast cancer versus normal if E > minimal change factor given in Table 2 and if the number of absolute calls equal to 'P' in the breast cancer population is greater than n/2. The minimal fold change factors in Table 3 are given for those patient populations responding to a given chemotherapy (CR), non responding to a administered chemotherapy (NC) or those tissues without any pathological signs of a tumor (NB). Fold changes greater than 1 refers to an increase in gene expression in the first names tissue sample compared to the second. This regulation factors are mean values and may differ individually, here the combined profiles of all 65 genes listed in Table 1 in a cluster analysis or a principle component analysis will indicate the classification group for such sample.
The final list of differentially regulated genes consists of all up-regulated and all down-regulated genes in biological samples from individuals with breast cancer versus biological samples from the normal population or of an individual response pattern. Those genes on this list which are interesting for a diagnostic or pharmaceutical application were finally validated by quantitative real time RT-PCR (see Example 2). EXAMPLE 5
Identification of EC-regulated genes in time-course study in a single patient.
To identify genes, which are differentially expressed following chemotherapy, a confidence score (CS) can be calculated for each gene at each point of time after the first onset of chemotherapy freatment. One can use the method reported by Jelinksy et al. (97) with some modification. The CS is defined as the sum of individual scores given for fold change (FC), expression level (EL), and present calls (PC), as defined by Affymetrix software. Fold change is defined for each gene at each time point relative to untreated confrol. The score of FC is 5 if the fold of change is 2 or more for up-regulated genes or 0.5 or less for down-regulated genes, it is 2 if fold change is more than 1.5 for up-regulated genes or less than 0.66 for down-regulated genes, it is -0.5 if the fold change is less than 1.5 or 0.66 or more for up- or down-regulated genes, respectively. The EL score is determined on the basis of scaled intensity for each gene (Average intensity for each GeneChip is globally scaled to a target intensity of 100). Consequently, the EL score is set to 3 if the signal intensity is more than 10,000, 2 if the intensity is more than 500, 0 for genes with expression levels between 500 and 50, or -0.5 if the intensity is 50 or less. The PC score is 5 if the gene is present (as defined by Affymetrix software) in all five samples, it is 4 if gene is present in four samples, 3 if the gene is present in three of five samples, 2 if the gene is present in at least two of five samples, it is 1 if the gene is present in only one of the four samples, or it is 0 if the gene is absent. The maximum CS for any gene could be 35 based on this scoring. We considered a gene to be regulated under the chemotherapy freatment if the CS is 27 or greater.
EXAMPLE 6
Identification of genes differentially expressed upon chemotherapy (E/C and E/T) with strong predictive power
To identify those genes with a differential expression upon first cycle of chemotherapy and which do discriminate responding from non responding tumor tissues and can be utilized for predictive algorithms as described in Example 7 one can perform the following analyses:
Partitioning of all applicable samples post chemotherapy into a trainings set and a test set. Within the trainings set samples are divided based on their clinical outcome (CR or NC) into two groups. Identification of all statistical significantly changed genes by student's t-test, or Welch test (p- values based on all 22.000 elements given in Table 2). Isolation of all genes with a p-value <0.05 for both tests or a combined rank below 2200 (highest 10% fraction). Analysis of the same gene set in the paired pre chemotherapy samples for differential expression. Identification of those genes with no discriminative power in the pre-chemό samples. These genes describes biological processes based upon the action of a drug. Selection of those genes with the highest average fold change with respect the median expression of this gene in common breast cancer samples as given in Table 2 for NC and CR samples. Further selection of genes can be performed by identification of the highest fold change (FC) for the post chemotheφy samples in comparison to the pre chemotherapy samples by referring to the individual groups CR and NC. Fold changes for the pre chemotherapy groups NC vs. CR should be < 2 as given in Table 2.
EXAMPLE 7
Analysis of differential gene expression patterns using support vector machines and class prediction
Support vector machines (SVM) are well suited for two-class or multi-class pattern recognition (Vapnik, 1995 (76); Burges, 1998 (77).
For the two-class classification problem, (e.g. tumor tissue vs. non tumor tissue, or therapy response vs. non response) assume that we have a set of samples, i.e., a series of input vectors
ζ e Rrf (i = l, 2, ..., m)
with corresponding labels
y, e {+ 1,-1} (i = 1, 2, ..., m).
Here, +1 and -1 indicate the two classes. To classify gene expression patterns of marker genes from Table 1 or 2 for describing the current tumor status or probable response to a therapeutic agent, the input vector dimension is equal to the number of different oligonucleotide types present on the oligonucleotide array or a subset hereof, and each input vector unit stands for the hybridization value of one specific oligonucleotide type.
The goal is to construct a binary classifier or derive a decision function from the available samples which has a small probability of misclassifying a future sample.
An SVM implements the following idea: it maps the input vectors ^ e Rd
into a high-dimensional feature space Φ(x) e H
and constructs an Optimal Separating Ηypeφlane (OSΗ), which maximizes the margin, the distance between the hypeφlane and the nearest data points of each class in the space H. By choosing OSΗ from among the many that can separate the positive from the negative examples in the feature space, SVMs are avoiding the risk of overfitting.
Different mappings construct different SVMs. The mapping
Φ : Rd \→ H
is performed by a kernel function
Figure imgf000087_0001
which defines an inner product in the space H.
The decision function implemented by SVM can be written as (Burges, 1998 (77): f{x) (equation 2)
Figure imgf000087_0002
where the coefficients o are obtained by solving the following convex Quadratic Programming (QP) problem:
Maximize
Figure imgf000087_0003
subject to — i — (equation 3) m and ,=1
The regularity parameter C (equation 3) controls the trade off between margin and misclassification error. The x / are called Support Vectors only if the corresponding 04 > 0.
Two of the kernel functions used in the current example:
(equation 4)
Figure imgf000088_0001
(equation 5)
where the first one (equation 4) is called the polynomial kernel function of degree d which will eventually revert to the linear function when d = 1, the latter (equation 5) is called the Radial Basic Function (RBF) kernel.
For a given data set, only the kernel function and the regularity parameter C must be selected to specify one SVM. An SVM has many attractive features. For instance, the solution of the QP problem is globally optimised while with neural networks the gradient based training algorithms only guarantee finding a local minima. In addition, SVM can handle large feature spaces, can effectively avoid overfitting (see above) by controlling the margin, can automatically identify a small subset made up of informative points, i.e., the Support Vectors, etc.
The classification of biological sample and thereby the identification of an neoplastic lesion as well as the response of such lesion to therapeutic agents based on gene expression data is a multi- class classification problem. The class number k is equal to the number tumor subcalsses (e.g. histological features, TNM stage, grade, hormonal status) and is equal to response subgroupe to a certain therapeutic agent (e.g. pathologicaly confirmed complete remission, good remission, partial remission, or no remission, as well as progressive disease) which shall be predicted, i.e., which are present in the training data set. Due to the limited number of different classes in the present sample set, we decided to handle the multi-class classification by reducing the multi-classification to a series of binary classifications. For a Λ-class classification, k SVMs are constructed. The it SVM will be trained with all of the samples in the ith class with positive labels and all other samples with negative labels. Finally an unknown sample is classified into the class that corresponds to the SVM with the highest output value. This method is used to construct a prediction classification system for gene expression patterns of differentially expressed marker genes as given in Table 1.
Each data point generated by a microarray hybridization experiment or by real time RT-PCR (cf. example 2 and 3) corresponds to and is determined by the number of mRNA copies present in the analysed sample, i.e., from an experiment with n oligonucleotide types on a polynucleotide array, a series of n expression-level values is obtained. These n values are typically stored in a metrics file which is the result of the analysis of a "eel file" by the Affymetrix® Microarray Suite or software described above. The data from a series of m metrics files (representing m expression analyses) are taken to build an expression mafrix, in which each of the m rows consists of an n-element expression vector for a single experiment. In order to normalise the expression values of the m experiments, we define x,-j to be the sum of the logarithms of the expression level atj for gene j (whose mRNA hybridizes with the oligonucleotide type j ' present on the microarray, or gives a valid ΔΔCT intesity), normalized so that the expression vector xf has the Euclidean length 1:
Figure imgf000089_0001
(equation 6)
Initial analyses are carried out using a set of 20000-element expression vectors for 11 experiments as described in example 2 and 3 (6 experiments in the training set and 5 in the test set).
Using the knowledge that the 11 experiments represent three different response classes and two different tumor states as well as the information of tumor and non-tumor tissue, we trained the SVMs described above with the training set to recognize those response classes and disease states. The test set was used to assess the prediction accuracy. Here we have preformed crossvalidations utilizing the "leave one out" method and for more stringent testing a four to five fold validation (leave 25% out) with n iterations ( n>10.000).
In such crossvalidations and classification experiments the predictive power of a subset of marker genes chosen from Table has been tested with affinity levels as follows:
Figure imgf000089_0002
Figure imgf000090_0001
Response indicated with X refers to five test set samples that have been analyzed and their response has been predicted as shown. In one patient sample (P39jpost) the prediction lead to a new class PR (partial response) while all other samples had been classified correctly.
Table 1: List of 65 genes which are differentially expressed in responders compared to non-responders or normal healthy tissue. Reference is given to the SEQ ID NOs of the sequence listing.
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Table 2: Relative expression of 65 genes in complete responders as compared to non-responders and normal tissue. (CR - complete responder to therapy; NC - no change in tumor state; NT - normal healthy tissue)
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Table 3: 51 genes differentially expressed in complete responders as compared to non- responders identified by PCA and PLS-DA.
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Table 4: Clinical information on paired (pre/post) patient samples analyzed.
Figure imgf000099_0002
Figure imgf000100_0001
ER and PgR status were determined by immunohistochemistry. 1 - positive (>7fmol/mg protem); 0 - negative (<7fmol/mg protein).
REFERENCES
Patents cited
U.S. Pat. No. 4,843,155 Chomczynski, P. U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,31 Liang, P., and Pardee, A. B., 1993 U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202 Mullis, K. B., 1987 U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,839 U.S. Pat. No. 5,578,832 U.S. Pat. No. 5,556,752 U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,734 U.S. Pat. No. 5,599,695 U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,195 U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531 U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,331 U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,673 Haseloff et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409 Lander, E., U.S. Pat. No. 5,976,813 Beutel et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317 U.S. Pat No. 6,203,987
WO 97/29212 WO 97/27317 WO 95/22058 WO 99/12826 WO 97/02357 WO 94/13804 WO 94/10300
EP 0 785 280 EP 0 799 897 EP 0 728 520 EP 0 721 016 EP O 321 201 GB2188638B
Other references cited
(1) Publications cited:WHO. International Classification of Diseases, 10th edition (ICD-10). WHO
(2) Sabin, L.H., Wittekind, C. (eds): TNM Classification of Malignant Tumors. Wiley, New York, 1997
(3) Sorlie et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2001 Sep ll;98(19):10869-74 (3);
(4) van t Veer et al., Nature. 2002 Jan 31;415(6871):530-6. (4).
(5) Perez, E.A.: Current Managment of Metastatic Breast Cancer. Semin. Oncol., 1999; 26 (Suρρl.12): 1-10
(6) . Sambrook et al., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL, 2d ed., 1989
(7) Ausubel et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1989.
(8) Tedder, T. F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:208-212, 1988
(9) Hedrick, S. M. et al., Nature 308: 149-153, 1984
(10) Sarkar, PCR Methods Applic. 2, 318-322, 1993
(11) Triglia et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 16, 81-86, 1988
(12) Lagerstrom et al., PCR Methods Applic. 1, 111-119, 1991
(13) Copeland & Jenkins, Trends in Genetics 7: 113-118, 1991
(14) Cohen, et al., Nature 366: 698-701, 1993
(15) Bonner et al., J. Mol. Biol. 81, 123 1973
(16) Bolton and McCarthy, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 48, 1390 1962
(17) Altschul et al., Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603, 1986,
(18) Henikoff & Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915, 1992
(19) Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444, 1988
(20) Needleman & Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol.48 :444, 1970
(21) Sellers, SIAM J. Appl. Math.Xno:787, 1974
(22) Takamatsu, EMBO J. 6, 307-311, 1987
(23) Winter et al., Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17, 85-105, 1991
(24) Engelhard et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 91, 3224-3227, 1994
(25) Logan & Shenk, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81, 3655-3659, 1984
(26) Scharf et al., Results Probl. Cell Differ. 20, 125-162, 1994
(27) Freshney R.I., ed., ANIMAL CELL CULTURE , 1986
(28) Wigler et al., Cell 11, 223-232, 1977 (29) Lowy et al., Cell 22, 817-823, 1980
(30) Wigler et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 77, 3567-3570, 1980
(31) Colbere-Garapin et al., J. Mol. Biol. 150, 114, 1981
(32) Hartman & Mulligan, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85, 8047-8051, 1988
(33) Rhodes et al., Methods Mol. Biol. 55, 121-131, 1995
(34) Hampton et al., SEROLOGICAL METHODS.- A LABORATORY MANUAL, APS Press, St. Paul, Minn., 1990
(35) Porath et al., Prot. Exp. Purif. 3, Xno3-281, 1992
(36) Kroll et al., DNA Cell Biol. 12, 441-453, 1993
(37) Caruthers et al., Nucl. Acids Res. Symp. Ser.215-223, 1980 (38) Roberge et al., Science Xno9, 202-204, 1995
(39) Creighton, PROTEINS: STRUCTURES AND MOLECULAR PRINCIPLES, WH and Co., New York, N.Y., 1983
(40) Cronin et al., Human Mutation 7:244, 1996
(41) Landegran et al., Science 241:1077-1080, 1988
(42) Abravaya et al., Nuc Acid Res 23:675-682, 1995
(43) Guatelli, J.C. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878, 1990
(44) Kwoh, D.Y. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 1173 -1177, 1989
(45) Lizardi, P.M. et al., Bio/Technology 6: 1197, 1988
(46) Brown, Meth. Mol. Biol. 20, 18, 1994
(47) Gee et al., in Huber & Carr, MOLECULAR AND IMMUNOLOGIC APPROACHES, Publishing Co., Mt. Kisco, N.Y., 1994
(48) Uhlmann et al., Tetrahedron. Lett.215, 3539-3542, 1987
(49) Couture & Stinchcomb, Trends Genet. 12, 510-515, 1996
(50) Haseloff et al. Nature 334, 585-591, 1988
(51) Kohler et al., Nature 256, 495-497, 1985
(52) Takeda et al., Nature 314, 452-454, 1985
(53) Burton, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 88, 11120-11123, 1991
(54) Thirion et al., Eur. J. Cancer Prev. 5, 507-11, 1996
(55) Coloma & Morrison, Nat. Biotechnol. 15, 159-63, 1997
(56) Mallender & Voss, J. Biol. Chem. Xno9, 199-206, 1994
(57) Verhaar et al., Int. J. Cancer 61, 497-501, 1995
(58) Orlandi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86, 3833-3837, 1989
(59) Lam, Anticancer Drug Des. 12, 145, 1997
(60) Gallop et al., J. Med. Chem. 37, 1233, 1994 (61) Houghten, BioTechniques 13, 412-421, 1992
(62) Lam, Nature 354, 8284, 1991
(63) Fodor, Nature 364, 555-556, 1993
(64) Cull et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89, 1865-1869, 1992
(65) Scott & Smith, Science 249, 386-390, 1990
(66) Jayawickreme et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 19, 1614-1618, 1994
(67) Chelsky, Strategies for Screening Combinatorial Libraries 1995
(68) Salmon et al. Molecular Diversity 2, 57-63 , 1996
(69) McConnell et al. Science 257, 1906-1912, 1992
(70) Szabo et al, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5, 699-705, 1995
(71) Findeis et al. Trends in Biotechnol. 11 , 202-205, 1993
(72) Chiou et al, GENE THERAPEUTICS: METHODS AND APPLICATIONS OF DIRECT GENE TRANSFER J.A. Wolff, ed, 1994
(73) REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES Maack Publishing Co, Easton, Pa.
(74) Hille, Excitable Membranes, Sunderland, MA, Sinauer Associates, hie.
(75) Van Heeke & Schuster, J. Biol. Chem. 264, 5503-5509, 1989
(76) Vapnik, The Nature of Statistical Learning Tlieory, 1995, Springer, New York
(77) Burges, Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, 2(2):955-974, 1998
(78) Faneyte et al, Br J Cancer, 55:406-412, 2003.
(79) Perou et al. Nature, 406:141-152. 2000.
(80) Sorlie et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 700:8418-8423,
(81) Pusztai et al, Clin Cancer Res, .9:2406-2415, 2003.
(82) Ahr et al, J. Pathol, 195:312-320, 2001.
(83) Martin et al. Cancer Res, 0^:2232-2238, 2000.
(84) van de Rrjn et al. Am J Pathol, 161: 1991-1996, 2002.
(85) Huang et al. Lancet, 3(57:1590-1596, 2003.
(86) West et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 98: 11462-11467, 2001
(87) van de Vijver et al, N Engl J Med. 347: 1999-2009, 2002.
(88) Sotiriou et al,Breast Cancer Res, 4:R3, Epub 2002 Mar 20.
(89) Chang et al. Lancet, 362:362-369, 2003.
(90) Korn et al, Br J Cancer, 5&1093-1096, 2002.
(91) Fisher et al, J Clin Oncol, 75:2483-2493, 1997.
(92) Fisher et al, J Clin Oncol, 75:2672-2685, 1998.
(93) Makris et al, Ann Oncol, 9: 1179-1184, 1998.
(94) Chang et al. Cancer, 59:2145-2152, 2000. (95) Quackenbush, Nature, 2:418-427, 2001.
(96) Eisen et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 95: 14863-14868, 1998.
(97) Jelinsky et al. Endocrinology, 744:701-710, 2003.
(98) Nguyen et al, Bioinformatics, 75: 1216-1226, 2002.
(99) UMETRICS Academy. Multivariate data analysis and modelling, 378p, 2002.
(100) Tenenhaus, M. La regression PLS. Editions Technip, Paris, 1998.
(101) Parton et al, Clin Cancer Res, 5:2100-2108, 2002.
(102) Ellis et al. Breast Cancer Res Treat, 48: 107-116, 1998.

Claims

CLAΓMS
1. Method for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy, said method comprising the steps of
(i) determining, in a biopsy sample taken from a neoplastic lesion after the onset of a chemotherapy schedule, the expression level of at least 1, 5, 10, 20, 40, 65 genes comprised in the group of genes encoded by SEQ ID NO:l to SEQ ID NO:65; and
(ii) comparing said expression level(s) with reference expression level(s), thereby investigating the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy.
2. Method for investigating response to anti-cancer chemotherapy ex vivo, said method comprising the steps of
(i) subjecting a biopsy sample from a neoplastic lesion, before the onset of a chemotherapy schedule, to chemotherapy ex vivo;
(ii) determining the expression level in said biopsy sample of at least 1, 5, 10, 20, 40, 65 genes, comprised in the group of genes encoded by SEQ ID NO:l to SEQ ID NO:65; and
(iii) comparing said expression level(s) with reference expression level(s); thereby investigating the response to anti-cancer chemotherapy ex vivo.
3. Method of claim 1 or 2, wherein said investigation of the response is a prediction of the likelihood of success of a chemotherapy.
4. Method of claim 3, wherein the success of a chemotherapy is understood as being a reduction of tumor mass.
5. Method of any of claims 1 to 4, wherein said neoplastic lesion is breast cancer or ovarian cancer.
6. Method of any of claims 1 to 5, wherein said chemotherapy
(i) acts on cell proliferation, and/or (ii) acts on cell survival, and/or (iii) acts on cell motility.
7. Method of any of claims 1 to 6, wherein said chemotherapy is an anthracycline based chemotherapy
8. Method of claim 7, wherein said anthracycline based chemotherapy is an epirubicin or doxorubicin based chemotherapy.
9. Method of any of claims 1 to 8, wherein a predictive algorithm is used.
10. Method of claim 9, wherein the predictive algorithm is (i) a support vector machine algorithm, or
(ii) a k-nearest neighbour algorithm, or (iii) a partial least discriminant algorithm.
11. Method of any of claims 1 to 10, wherein the expression level is determined (i) with a hybridization based method, or
(ii) with a hybridization based method utilizing arrayed probes, or
(iii) with a hybridization based method utilizing individually labeled probes, or
(iv) by real time PCR, or
(v) by assessing the expression of polypeptides, proteins or derivatives thereof, or (vi) by assessing the amount of polypeptides, proteins or derivatives thereof.
12. Method of selecting an individually optimized anti-cancer therapy for a patient, said method comprising a method of claim 1 or 2 or 3.
PCT/EP2005/005787 2004-06-03 2005-05-30 Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer therapy WO2005119260A2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002568732A CA2568732A1 (en) 2004-06-03 2005-05-30 Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer therapy
JP2007513829A JP2008502326A (en) 2004-06-03 2005-05-30 Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer treatment
EP05745597A EP1756309A2 (en) 2004-06-03 2005-05-30 Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer therapy

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP04013107 2004-06-03
EP04013107.0 2004-06-03

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005119260A2 true WO2005119260A2 (en) 2005-12-15
WO2005119260A3 WO2005119260A3 (en) 2006-11-09

Family

ID=35463523

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2005/005787 WO2005119260A2 (en) 2004-06-03 2005-05-30 Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer therapy

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1756309A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2008502326A (en)
CA (1) CA2568732A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2005119260A2 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008062105A1 (en) * 2006-11-24 2008-05-29 Licentia Ltd. Method for predicting the response to a therapy
EP1983046A1 (en) * 2006-02-03 2008-10-22 MessengerScape Co. Ltd. Gene group applicable to cancer prognostication
EP1996206A1 (en) * 2006-03-02 2008-12-03 Agency for Science, Technology and Research Sensitizing a cell to cancer treatment by modulating the activity of a nucleic acid encoding rps27l protein
WO2009090287A1 (en) * 2008-01-17 2009-07-23 Fundació Institut de Recerca de L'Hospital Universitari Vall d'Hebron Cirp-based antitumour compounds
EP2294224A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2011-03-16 National University Hospital Methods for predicting tumor response to chemotherapy and selection of tumor treatment
WO2011113942A3 (en) * 2010-03-18 2011-11-10 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) Method for predicting the responsiveness to chemotherapy
EP2425020A4 (en) * 2009-05-01 2016-04-20 Genomic Health Inc Gene expression profile algorithm and test for likelihood of recurrence of colorectal cancer and response to chemotherapy
WO2018225062A1 (en) * 2017-06-04 2018-12-13 Rappaport Family Institute For Research In The Medical Sciences Method of predicting personalized response to cancer therapy and kit therefor
EP3258923A4 (en) * 2015-02-19 2019-01-16 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods and materials for assessing chemotherapy responsiveness and treating cancer
US10260104B2 (en) 2010-07-27 2019-04-16 Genomic Health, Inc. Method for using gene expression to determine prognosis of prostate cancer
US11908560B2 (en) 2021-08-11 2024-02-20 OncoHost Ltd. Cancer process evaluation

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009032084A1 (en) * 2007-08-28 2009-03-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Expression profiles of biomarker genes in notch mediated cancers
CA2919652A1 (en) 2013-07-29 2015-02-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Real-time feedback system control technology platform with dynamically changing stimulations

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002092854A2 (en) * 2001-05-16 2002-11-21 Novartis Ag Genes expressed in breast cancer as prognostic and therapeutic targets
EP1365034A2 (en) * 2002-05-21 2003-11-26 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Methods and compositions for the prediction, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of malignant neoplasia
US20040058340A1 (en) * 2001-06-18 2004-03-25 Hongyue Dai Diagnosis and prognosis of breast cancer patients

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002092854A2 (en) * 2001-05-16 2002-11-21 Novartis Ag Genes expressed in breast cancer as prognostic and therapeutic targets
US20040058340A1 (en) * 2001-06-18 2004-03-25 Hongyue Dai Diagnosis and prognosis of breast cancer patients
EP1365034A2 (en) * 2002-05-21 2003-11-26 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Methods and compositions for the prediction, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of malignant neoplasia

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE GENBANK 4 February 2003 (2003-02-04), OMASA ET AL.: "Homo sapiens FXYD domain-containing ion transport regulator 5" XP002364519 retrieved from NCBI Database accession no. NM_014164 *
DRESSMAN M A ET AL: "Gene expression profiling detects gene amplification and differentiates tumor types in breast cancer" CANCER RESEARCH, AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR CANCER RESEARCH, BALTIMORE, MD, US, vol. 63, no. 9, 1 May 2003 (2003-05-01), pages 2194-2199, XP002317347 ISSN: 0008-5472 *
MODLICH OLGA ET AL: "Immediate gene expression changes after the first course of neoadjuvant chemotherapy in patients with primary breast cancer disease." CLINICAL CANCER RESEARCH : AN OFFICIAL JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR CANCER RESEARCH. 1 OCT 2004, vol. 10, no. 19, 1 October 2004 (2004-10-01), pages 6418-6431, XP009060572 ISSN: 1078-0432 *

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1983046A1 (en) * 2006-02-03 2008-10-22 MessengerScape Co. Ltd. Gene group applicable to cancer prognostication
EP1983046A4 (en) * 2006-02-03 2009-03-25 Messengerscape Co Ltd Gene group applicable to cancer prognostication
EP1996206A1 (en) * 2006-03-02 2008-12-03 Agency for Science, Technology and Research Sensitizing a cell to cancer treatment by modulating the activity of a nucleic acid encoding rps27l protein
JP2009528346A (en) * 2006-03-02 2009-08-06 エージェンシー フォー サイエンス,テクノロジー アンド リサーチ Sensitization of cells to cancer therapy by modulating the activity of nucleic acid encoding RPS27L protein
EP1996206A4 (en) * 2006-03-02 2010-09-22 Agency Science Tech & Res Sensitizing a cell to cancer treatment by modulating the activity of a nucleic acid encoding rps27l protein
WO2008062105A1 (en) * 2006-11-24 2008-05-29 Licentia Ltd. Method for predicting the response to a therapy
WO2009090287A1 (en) * 2008-01-17 2009-07-23 Fundació Institut de Recerca de L'Hospital Universitari Vall d'Hebron Cirp-based antitumour compounds
EP2294224A4 (en) * 2008-07-03 2011-09-14 Nat University Hospital Methods for predicting tumor response to chemotherapy and selection of tumor treatment
EP2294224A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2011-03-16 National University Hospital Methods for predicting tumor response to chemotherapy and selection of tumor treatment
EP2425020A4 (en) * 2009-05-01 2016-04-20 Genomic Health Inc Gene expression profile algorithm and test for likelihood of recurrence of colorectal cancer and response to chemotherapy
US10179936B2 (en) 2009-05-01 2019-01-15 Genomic Health, Inc. Gene expression profile algorithm and test for likelihood of recurrence of colorectal cancer and response to chemotherapy
WO2011113942A3 (en) * 2010-03-18 2011-11-10 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) Method for predicting the responsiveness to chemotherapy
US10260104B2 (en) 2010-07-27 2019-04-16 Genomic Health, Inc. Method for using gene expression to determine prognosis of prostate cancer
EP3258923A4 (en) * 2015-02-19 2019-01-16 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods and materials for assessing chemotherapy responsiveness and treating cancer
US10220016B2 (en) 2015-02-19 2019-03-05 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods and materials for assessing chemotherapy responsiveness and treating cancer
WO2018225062A1 (en) * 2017-06-04 2018-12-13 Rappaport Family Institute For Research In The Medical Sciences Method of predicting personalized response to cancer therapy and kit therefor
EP3635403A4 (en) * 2017-06-04 2021-04-21 Rappaport Family Institute for Research in the Medical Sciences Method of predicting personalized response to cancer therapy and kit therefor
US11908560B2 (en) 2021-08-11 2024-02-20 OncoHost Ltd. Cancer process evaluation

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1756309A2 (en) 2007-02-28
WO2005119260A3 (en) 2006-11-09
CA2568732A1 (en) 2005-12-15
JP2008502326A (en) 2008-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1904645B1 (en) Method for predicting and monitoring direct response to cancer therapy
EP1756309A2 (en) Methods for predicting and monitoring response to cancer therapy
US20090098533A1 (en) Methods and kits for investigating cancer
EP1824997B1 (en) Genetic alteration useful for the response prediction of malignant neoplasia to taxane-based medical treatment
EP1900827A2 (en) Methods and compositions for the prediction, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of malignant neoplasia
US20080305962A1 (en) Methods and Kits for the Prediction of Therapeutic Success, Recurrence Free and Overall Survival in Cancer Therapies
JP2004159640A (en) Method and composition for prognosticating, diagnosing, prognostically determining, preventing and treating malignant tumor
US20080113344A1 (en) Methods and Compositions for the Response Prediction of Malignant Neoplasia to Treatment
US20090298061A1 (en) Diagnostic Methods for the Prediction of Therapeutic Success, Recurrence Free and Overall Survival in Cancer Therapy
EP2420575B1 (en) Marker for prognosis of liver cancer
JP2004159640A5 (en) Methods and compositions for predicting, diagnosing, prognosing, preventing and treating malignant tumors
US20110166028A1 (en) Methods for predicting treatment response based on the expression profiles of biomarker genes in notch mediated cancers
CA2684897A1 (en) Prostate cancer survival and recurrence
AU2005201935A1 (en) Prognostic for hematological malignancy
US20080299550A1 (en) Methods and Kits For the Prediction of Therapeutic Success and Recurrence Free Survival In Cancer Therapy
JP2009165473A (en) Cancer
CA2499852A1 (en) Methods for prediction and prognosis of cancer, and monitoring cancer therapy

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005745597

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2568732

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007513829

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: DE

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005745597

Country of ref document: EP